Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / MainStreet Bancshares, Inc.

MainStreet Bancshares, Inc.

mnsb · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker mnsb
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 182
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · MainStreet Bancshares, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2019 
Annual Report

One-Year Relative Market Performance

50

40

30

20

10

0

(10)

(20)

MNSB    

   29.94%

NASDAQ Bank  

  23.11%

MNSB Peers  

   0.76%

)

%

(
e
g
n
a
h
C
e
c
i
r
P

12/31/18

2/28/19

4/30/19

6/30/19

8/31/19

10/31/19

12/31/19

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence

 
 
Dear Shareholder:

2019 was a good year for MainStreet Bancshares, Inc. and MainStreet Bank.  Our strong financial perfor-
mance translated into a very good year of market performance.  As a practical matter, we outperformed 
the NASDAQ Bank index as well as our local peer group of banks (see front cover graphic).

When we started MainStreet Bank, we focused on building a solid infrastructure with good technology, 
good systems and good people.  As you might expect, our peer group of banks outperformed us in the 
early days.  Since then, our ability to scale up from that very solid foundation has allowed us to maxi-
mize and maintain high quality growth and earnings.

We’re known in the commercial lending markets we serve for our ability to 
execute.  What that means to you, our shareholder, is that we have something 
to offer beyond the simple commodity we trade in – the dollar bill.  We have 
been able to maintain favorable pricing for our commercial loan products, 
because our customers appreciate quality and are willing to pay for it.  By 
and large those customers who leave us for a cheaper alternative come back 
to us on their next deal, because we set the bar higher than our competitors. 

“We have something 
to offer beyond the 
simple commodity 
we trade in - the 
dollar bill”

Our technology is good, but what makes us great is the combination of good technology alongside 
teams of dedicated employees who care.  Our employees know and appreciate that our customers have 
choices and they aim to regularly exceed customer expectations.  We started an initiative in 2019 to 
further improve upon the customer experience on the banking side.  Our goal is to shoulder as much 
of the administrative burden as we can for each customer, such that account opening becomes a fast 
and easy experience.

We’ve also armed our Business Bankers with a great tool.  They now carry the full power of a branch on 
their Tablet/laptop.  Wherever they are, they can attend to all our customer’s banking needs.

Finally, we are working diligently to lower our cost of funds and increase our fee income by engaging 
with payment service providers.  As is typical with MainStreet Bank, we spent the last few years gearing 
up to service the payments industry.  With a clear market perspective, strong competitive positioning 
and an expert team, we are now ready and able to do so and look to grow this line of business well into 
the future.

Thank you for your continued investment in MainStreet Bancshares, Inc.  If you haven’t opened an ac-
count with us, we’d appreciate the opportunity to talk with you.

Sincerely,

Jeff W. Dick
Chairman & CEO

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

  (Mark One) 
 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 
OR   

 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR

THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM 

  TO 

Commission File Number 001-38817 

MainStreet Bancshares, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter) 

Virginia 
( State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 
10089 Fairfax Boulevard 
Fairfax, VA   
(Address of principal executive offices) 

81-2871064
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

22030 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (703) 481-4567 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Trading 
Symbol(s) 
MNSB 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC 

Title of each class 
Common Stock 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None   
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES  NO  
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES  NO  
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days. YES  NO  
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). YES  NO 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act. 

Large accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

   
   


   Accelerated filer 
   Smaller reporting company  

Emerging growth company   
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES  NO  
As of June 28, 2019, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the shares of common equity held 
by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market, was $180,215,069.   

The number of shares of Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of March 10, 2020 was 8,320,231. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

The information required by Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be found in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2020 Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and such information is incorporated herein by this reference. 

 
INDEX 

PART I 

Item 1.  Business 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Item 2. 
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II 

Page 

3 
14 
25 
26 
26 
26 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

26

Securities 

28 
30 
50 
52 
90 
90 
90 

91 
91 
91 
91 
91 

Selected Financial Data 

Item 6. 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Item 8. 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B.  Other Information 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

2 

Item 1.    Business 

PART I 

As used herein, The “Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to MainStreet Bancshares, Inc., and the “Bank” refers to MainStreet Bank. 

Overview 

MainStreet Bancshares, Inc.  is a commercial bank holding company. MainStreet Bank is a community bank  focused on serving the 
borrowing, cash management and depository needs of small to medium-sized businesses and professional practices and retail customers. We 
emphasize providing responsive and personalized services to our clients. Due to the consolidation of financial institutions in our primary market 
area, we believe there is a significant opportunity for a local bank to provide a full range of financial services. By offering highly professional, 
personalized banking products and service delivery methods and employing advanced banking technologies, we  seek to distinguish ourselves 
from larger, regional banks operating in our market area and are able to compete effectively with other community banks. 

We believe we have a solid franchise that meets the financial needs of our clients and communities by providing an array of personalized 
products and services delivered by seasoned banking professionals with decisions made at the local level. We believe a significant customer base 
in our market prefers to do business with a local institution that has a local management team, a local Board of Directors and local founders and 
that this customer base may not be satisfied with the responsiveness of larger regional banks. By providing quality services, coupled with the 
opportunities provided by the economies in our market area, we have generated and expect to continue to generate organic growth. 

We service Northern Virginia as well as the greater Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. Our goal is to deliver a customized and targeted 
mix of products and services that meets or exceeds customer expectations. To accomplish this goal, we have deployed a premium operating 
system that gives customers access to up-to-date banking technology. These systems and our highly skilled staff have allowed us to compete 
aggressively  with  larger  financial  institutions.  The  combination  of  sophisticated  technology  and  personal  service  sets  us  apart  from  our 
competition. We strive to be the leading community bank in our market. 

We  offer  a  full  range  of  banking  services  to  individuals,  small  to  medium-sized  businesses  and  professional  service  organizations 
through both traditional and electronic delivery. We were the first community bank in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area to offer a full 
online business banking solution, including remote check scanners on a business customer’s desktop. We offer mobile banking apps for iPhones, 
iPads and Android devices that provide for remote deposit of checks. In addition, we were the first bank headquartered in the Commonwealth of 
Virginia to offer CDARS, the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service, an innovative deposit insurance solution that provides Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance on deposits up to $140 million. We believe that enhanced electronic delivery systems and 
technology increase profitability through greater productivity and cost control, and allow us to offer new and better products and services. 

Our products and services include: business and consumer checking, premium interest-bearing checking, business account analysis, 
savings, certificates of deposit and other depository services, as well as a broad array of commercial, real estate and consumer loans. Internet 
account access is available for all personal and business accounts, internet bill payment services are available on most accounts, and a robust 
online cash management system is available for business customers.   

Both the Company and the Bank are incorporated in and chartered by the Commonwealth of Virginia. The Bank is a member of the 
Federal Reserve System, and its deposits are insured by the  FDIC. The  Bank opened for business on May 26, 2004 and is headquartered in 
Fairfax, Virginia. We currently operate seven Bank branches; located in Herndon, Fairfax, Fairfax City, McLean, Clarendon, Leesburg Virginia, 
and one in Washington D.C. 

The Company’s executive offices are located at 10089 Fairfax Boulevard, Fairfax, Virginia. Our telephone number is (703) 481-4567, 
and our internet address is www.mstreetbank.com. The information contained on our website shall not be considered part of this Memorandum 
and the Investor Presentation, and the reference to our website does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the 
website. 

Emerging Growth Company Status 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act and as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act. For as long as we 
are an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public 
companies but not to emerging growth companies. See “Risk Factors”—We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to 
comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock 
less attractive to investors. 

3 

As an emerging growth company: 

• we may present as few as two years of audited financial statements and two years of related management discussion and analysis of
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  in  contrast  to  other  reporting  companies  which  must  provide  audited  financial
statements for three fiscal years;

• we  are  exempt  from  the requirement  to obtain  an  attestation  and  report  from  our  auditors  on management’s  assessment  of  our

internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

• we are permitted to provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

• we are permitted to include less extensive narrative disclosures than required of other reporting companies, particularly with respect

to executive compensation.

In this Form 10-K we have elected to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements relating to executive compensation, and in 
the future we may take advantage of any or all of these exemptions for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. We will remain an 
emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the first fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion 
or more, (ii) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial registered public offering of common equity 
securities, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt and (iv) the 
date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange 
Act”). 

In addition to the relief described above, the JOBS Act permits us an extended transition period for complying with new or revised 
accounting standards affecting public companies. We have elected not to take advantage of this extended transition period, which means that the 
financial statements included in this Form 10-K, as well as any financial statements that we file in the future, will be subject to all new or revised 
accounting standards generally applicable to public companies.   

Nasdaq Listing 

We were approved to list shares of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under our current symbol  “MNSB”  as of April 

22, 2019. 

MainStreet Bancshares, Inc. 

MainStreet Bancshares Inc. is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia whose principal 
activity is the ownership and management of MainStreet Bank.    The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of common stock, par 
value $4.00 per share. Additionally, the Company is authorized to issue 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share. There is 
currently no preferred stock outstanding.   

The Company is a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and as such, is subject 

to inspection, examination, and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). 

MainStreet Bank 

MainStreet Bank is a community commercial bank incorporated in and chartered by the Commonwealth of Virginia. The Bank is a 
member of the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, and its deposits are insured by the FDIC. The Bank opened for business in 2004 and is 
headquartered in Fairfax, Virginia. 

In May 2016, the Bank’s shareholders approved a Reorganization Agreement and a related Plan of Share Exchange whereby the Bank 
would reorganize into a holding company structure. Pursuant to the Plan of Share Exchange, each outstanding share of Bank common stock was 
automatically  converted  into  and  exchanged  for  one  share  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  On  July  15,  2016,  the  effective  date  of  the 
reorganization, the common shareholders of the Bank became the common shareholders of the Company. 

Our Business 

MainStreet Bank services Northern Virginia as well as the greater Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. The Bank’s goal is to deliver a 
customized  and  targeted  mix  of  products  and  services  that  meets  or  exceeds  customer  expectations.  To  accomplish  this  goal,  the  Bank  has 
deployed a premium operating system that gives customers access to the most up-to-date banking technology. These unique systems and a highly 
skilled staff have allowed the Bank to compete aggressively with larger financial institutions. The combination of sophisticated technology and 
personal service differentiates the Bank from its competition. 

The Bank markets to individuals, small to medium-sized businesses and professionals. The Bank offers a full range of banking services 
through traditional and electronic delivery. Services include: basic business and consumer checking, premium interest-bearing checking, business 
account analysis, savings, certificates of deposit and other depository services, as well as a broad array of commercial, real estate and consumer 
loans. Internet account access is available for all personal and business accounts, internet bill payment services are available on most accounts, 
and a robust online cash management system is available for business customers. The Bank has enhanced its mobile banking application to 
include mobile deposits. 

4 

As of December 31, 2019, MainStreet Bancshares, Inc. had total consolidated assets of $1.3 billion, total net loans of $1.0 billion, total 
deposits  of  $1.1  billion  and  total  stockholders’  equity  of  $137.0  million,  and  total  equity  to  total  assets  was  10.73%.  For  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, our return on average assets was 1.19% and 0.97%, respectively, and our return on average equity was 10.79% and 
10.38%, respectively. 

We are focused on growing business relationships and building core deposits, profitable loans and non-interest income. We believe that 
we  have  a  solid franchise that meets the  financial  needs of our clients and communities by providing an array of personalized products and 
services delivered by seasoned banking professionals with decisions made at the local level. We strive to be the leading community bank in our 
markets. 

We believe that our core lending and deposit business segments continue to perform well. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 
and 2019, our net charge-offs to average loans was 0.00% and 0.09%, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, we had no non-performing loans 
and $1.2 million in non-performing assets which represented 0.09% of total assets.   

Management believes that the Company is well positioned to build on its core performance to continue to grow profitably. Although we 
have successfully attracted new associates, providing depth and talent in key positions, additional employees and infrastructure are expected to be 
needed to manage the increasing customer relationships that come with sustained growth. 

We  are  a  community-oriented  financial  institution.  Our  Bank  offers  a  wide-range  of  commercial  and  consumer  loan  and  deposit 
products, as well as mortgage services to individuals, and small and medium sized businesses in our market. We seek to be the provider of choice 
for financial solutions to customers who value exceptional personalized service, local decision making, and modern banking technology. Our 
business involves attracting deposits from local businesses and individual customers and using these deposits to originate commercial, mortgage, 
and consumer loans in our market area. We also invest in securities consisting primarily of obligations of U.S. government sponsored entities, 
municipal obligations and mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. 

The  Federal  Reserve  and  the  Virginia  State  Corporation  Commission,  through  its  Bureau  of  Financial  Institutions  (the  “Bureau”), 
regulate  and  monitor  operations  of  the  Company  and  the  Bank.  We  are  required  to  file  with  the  FDIC  quarterly  financial  condition  and 
performance reports. The Federal Reserve and the Bureau of Financial Institutions conduct periodic onsite and offsite examinations. We must 
comply  with  a  wide  variety  of  reporting  requirements  and banking  regulations.  The  laws  and  regulations  governing  us  generally  have  been 
promulgated to protect depositors and the federal deposit insurance funds and not to protect shareholders. Additionally, we must bear the cost of 
compliance with the reporting and regulations; these costs can be significant and may have an effect on our financial performance. 

Our  executive offices  are  located  at 10089  Fairfax  Boulevard,  Fairfax,  Virginia,  and  our  telephone number  is  (703) 481-4567.  Our 
internet address is www.mstreetbank.com. The information contained on our website should not be considered part of this Form 10-K, and the 
reference to our website does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the website. 

Our Market Area. We consider our primary market area to be the northern Virginia counties of Arlington, Fairfax, Loudoun, and Prince 
William,  and  the  cities  of  Fairfax,  Alexandria,  Falls  Church,  Manassas  and  Manassas  Park,  as  well  as  Washington  DC  and  the  greater 
Washington, DC metropolitan area. Our headquarters is located approximately 15 miles west of Washington, D.C., in Fairfax County, Virginia. 

Fairfax County:    According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the 2018 estimated population of Fairfax County was approximately 1,150,795 
people. The median household income was approximately $117,515, as compared to a national  average household income of approximately 
$57,652.    Approximately 60.7% adults at least 25 years old in this area, have a bachelor’s degree or higher, as compared to approximately 30.9% 
nationally.    Based  on  estimates  released  by  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Labor  for  September  2019,  the 
unemployment rate was 2.0% for Fairfax County, as compared to a national unemployment rate of 3.3%.    Per the FDIC Summary of Deposits as 
of June 2018, total deposits in this county were approximately $63.0 billion.     

Loudoun  County:    According  to  the  U.S.  Census  Bureau,  the  2018  estimated  population  of  Loudoun  County  was  approximately 
406,850 people. As of the first quarter 2019, the average household income was approximately $129,588, as compared to a national average 
household income of approximately $57,652. Approximately 59.8% adults at least 25 years old in this area have a bachelor’s degree or higher, as 
compared to approximately 30.9% nationally.    Based on estimates released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for 
September 2019, the unemployment rate was 2.0% for Loudoun County, as compared to a national unemployment rate of 3.3%.    Per the FDIC 
Summary of Deposits as of June 2018, total deposits in this county were approximately $7.0 billion.     

Arlington  County:    According  to  the  U.S.  Census  Bureau,  the  2018  estimated  population  of  Arlington  County  was  approximately 
237,521 people. As of the first quarter 2019, the average household income was approximately $112,138, as compared to a national average 
household income of approximately $57,652. Approximately 74.1% adults at least 25 years old in this area have a bachelor’s degree or higher, as 
compared to approximately 30.9% nationally.    Based on estimates released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for 
September 2019, the unemployment rate was 2.2% for Arlington County, as compared to a national unemployment rate of 3.3%.    Per the FDIC 
Summary of Deposits as of June 2018, total deposits in this county were approximately $49.6 billion. 

5 

Prince  William  County:    According  to  the  U.S.  Census  Bureau,  the  2018  estimated  population  of  Prince  William  County  was 
approximately  468,011  people.  As  of  the  first  quarter  2019,  the  average  household  income  was  approximately  $103,445,  as  compared  to  a 
national average household income of approximately $57,652. Approximately 40.1% adults at least 25 years old in this area have a bachelor’s 
degree or higher, as compared to approximately 30.9% nationally.    Based on estimates released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. 
Department of Labor for September 2019, the unemployment rate was 2.2% for Prince William County, as compared to a national unemployment 
rate of 3.3%.    Per the FDIC Summary of Deposits as of June 2018, total deposits in this county were approximately $4.8 billion. 

District  of  Columbia:    According  to  the  U.S.  Census  Bureau,  the  2018  estimated  population  of  the  District  of  Columbia  was 
approximately 702,455 people. As of the first quarter 2019, the average household income was approximately $77,649, as compared to a national 
average household income of approximately $57,652. Approximately 56.6% adults at least 25 years old in this area have a bachelor’s degree or 
higher, as compared to approximately 30.9% nationally.    Based on estimates released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of 
Labor for September 2019, the unemployment rate was 5.3% for the District of Columbia, as compared to a national unemployment rate of 3.3%. 
Per the FDIC Summary of Deposits as of June 2018, total deposits were approximately $53.3 billion.     

Competitive Strengths. We continually review our product offerings and based on these reviews may selectively add additional products 
to provide further diversification of our revenue sources and to capture our customers’ full banking relationships. We believe that the following 
business strengths have been instrumental to the success of our core operations and will enable us to continue profitable growth and to maximize 
value to our shareholders, while remaining fundamentally sound. 

Community Banking Philosophy. We provide our clients with local decision making and individualized service coupled with products 
and services offered by our larger institutional competitors. As our business lenders, officers, and Bank directors are based in or reside in the 
communities we serve, we are able to maintain a high-level of involvement in local organizations and establish a strong understanding of the 
banking needs of the respective communities. We believe that our customer-centric business philosophy and sales approach enables us to build 
long-term relationships with desirable customers, which enhances the quality and stability of our funding and lending operations. Our mission and 
philosophy has positioned us well in the communities across our market area and has enabled us to attract and maintain a very talented and 
experienced management team. 

Disciplined Credit Culture. We achieve our strong credit quality by adherence to sound underwriting and credit administration standards 
and by maintaining long-term customer relationships. All credit decisions between $250,000 and $750,000 require concurrence of a senior lender 
and Chief Credit Officer. Approvals of credits in excess of $750,000 require full consensus of the Officer’s Loan Committee. We maintain an 
independent loan review team, and senior management is actively involved with any credits requiring special attention.     

Capital Position. The Bank exceeds the regulatory guidelines to be classified as “well capitalized.” Our capital position is strong and has 
consistently grown. At December 31, 2019, the Bank had a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 12.12%, a common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 
of 12.68%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 12.68%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of 13.50%. We believe that our capital position enhances 
our ability to grow organically because it enables the Bank to continue lending and to remain focused on our customers’ needs. For additional 
information, see Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Technology. We have invested in the technology necessary to meet the developing demands of our commercial and retail customers. We 
utilize  a  strong  core  operating  system  that  enables  us  to  efficiently  offer  high-end  deposit  and  loan  products  and  have  partnered  with 
industry-leading internet banking, cash management, mobile banking, and application-based banking to offer a complete banking experience to 
all customers, regardless of their preference. We participate in an international nationwide automated teller machine network in order to offer our 
customers ATM transactions at over 55,000 locations in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom and Mexico. 

Growth Opportunities. We believe that we can attract new customers and expand our total loans and deposits within our existing market 
areas  through  organic  growth,  strategic  branching  and  possible  acquisition  opportunities.  We  expect  our  market  will  continue  to  create 
opportunities  to  attract  new  clients  and,  in  some  cases,  may  become  the  catalyst  for  mergers  and  acquisitions.  We  expect  to  grow  our  loan 
portfolio,  open  new  branches  and  consider  acquisitions  only  after  rigorous  due  diligence  and  substantial  quantitative  analysis  regarding  the 
financial and capital impacts of any such transactions. We believe that maintaining our financial discipline will generate long-term shareholder 
value. 

Lending Activities. The Bank’s primary market focus is on making loans to small businesses, professionals and other consumers in its 
local market area, along with various aspects of real estate finance. Owner-occupied and investment commercial real estate loans represent the 
largest segment of the Bank’s loan portfolio. The Bank’s primary lending activities are principally directed to its defined market area in Northern 
Virginia, as well as the greater Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. 

We offer a diversified loan portfolio consisting primarily of commercial business and owner-occupied and investment commercial real 
estate loans with higher risk-adjusted returns, shorter maturities and more sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations, while still providing high quality 
loan products for single-family and multi-family residential borrowers. 

6 

Commercial Business Lending. Commercial loans are written for a variety of business purposes, including government contract 
receivables, plant and equipment, general working capital, contract administration and acquisition lending. Our client base is diverse and we do 
not have a concentration of commercial business loans in any specific industry segment. 

Commercial Real Estate Lending. We finance owner-occupied and investment commercial real estate. Our underwriting policies and 
processes  focus  on  the  client’s  ability  to  repay  the  loan  as  well  as  assessment  of  the  underlying  real  estate.  Risks  inherent  in  managing  a 
commercial real estate portfolio relate to sudden or gradual drops in property values as well as changes in the economic climate. We attempt to 
mitigate those risks by carefully underwriting loans of this type and by following appropriate loan-to-value standards. Commercial real estate 
loans represent the largest segment of the Bank’s loan portfolio. At December 31, 2019, approximately 12.87% of our loan portfolio related to 
owner occupied commercial real estate loans, and approximately 27.61% of our loan portfolio related to investment commercial real estate. 

Stress testing has become an important component of our organization, including oversight of commercial real estate loans. We have 
incorporated stress testing into our traditional risk management procedures, which examine the portfolio for expected losses, provision levels, 
criticized or classified loans, and loan concentrations. Our stress test considerations include: 

• An immediate and sustained increase in interest rates, which would increase interest expense for the borrower;

• An immediate and sustained increase in vacancy, which would decrease rental income; and

• An immediate and sustained change in the capitalization rate, or “cap rate,” which would decrease properties’ collateral values.

Real Estate Construction Lending. This segment of our portfolio is predominately residential in nature and is composed of loans with 
short durations. We offer real estate construction financing to customers that have in place a permanent loan “take-out,” either by the Bank or 
another institution. Our approach to this type of lending reduces our credit risk, yet offers a competitive product in the marketplace. We also offer 
construction financing to many local home builders. These loans are also short duration and carefully underwritten with an increased focus on the 
builder’s reputation and ability to deliver high quality homes on time and within budget.   

We  also  stress  test  the  construction  lending  portfolio  based  upon  the  percentage  completion  method  by  stressing  the  as-is  and 

as-completed appraised values. 

Residential Real Estate Lending. The Bank offers a variety of consumer-oriented residential real estate loans both for purchase and 
refinancing, most of which are brokered to the secondary market. The bulk of our current residential portfolio is made up of home equity loans to 
individuals. Our home equity portfolio gives the Bank a diverse client base. 

Consumer Installment Lending. We offer a broad array of consumer loans including car loans, term loans, and overdraft protection. 

Credit Policies and Administration. The Bank has adopted a comprehensive lending policy, which includes a well-defined risk tolerance 
and stringent underwriting standards for all types of loans. Management believes that it employs experienced lending officers, secures appropriate 
collateral and carefully monitors the financial conditions of its borrowers. 

In addition to the normal repayment risks, all loans in the Bank’s portfolio are subject to the state of the economy and the related effects 
on the borrower and/or the real estate market. Generally, longer-term loans have periodic interest rate adjustments and/or call provisions. Senior 
management  monitors  the  loan  portfolio  closely  to  ensure  that  past  due  loans  are  minimized  and  that  potential  problem  loans  are  addressed 
swiftly. In addition to the internal business processes employed in the credit administration area, the Bank engages an outside or independent 
credit review firm to review the loan portfolio. Results of the credit review are used to validate our internal loan ratings and to review independent 
commentary on specific loans and loan administration activities. 

Lending Limit. As of December 31, 2019, our legal lending limit for loans to one borrower was approximately $23.7 million. Our loan 
policy prescribes a sub-limit to borrowers based upon our determination of each borrower’s credit quality. We routinely participate loan amounts 
in excess of our policy limits to other financial institutions. 

For additional information, see Note 1 and Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Investments and Funding. The Bank balances its liquidity needs based on loan and deposit growth through the investment portfolio and 
purchased funds. It is the Bank’s goal to provide adequate liquidity to support the loan growth of the Bank. In the event the Bank has excess 
liquidity, investment securities are used to generate additional income. In the event deposit growth does not fully support the Bank’s loan growth, 
the Bank will rely upon deposit listing services, borrowed funds, or incorporate a combination of sales of investment securities, federal funds and 
other purchased/borrowed funds in order to augment the Bank’s funding position. 

7 

The current investment policy authorizes the Bank to invest in debt securities issued by the United States Government, agencies of the 
United States Government, or United States Government-sponsored enterprises. The policy permits investments in mortgage-backed securities, 
including pass-through  securities,  issued  and  guaranteed by  Fannie  Mae,  Freddie  Mac and  Ginnie  Mae.  The  investment  policy  also  permits 
investments in federal funds and deposits in other insured institutions. In addition, management is authorized to invest in investment grade state 
and  municipal  obligations,  and  private  mortgage-backed  securities.  The  Bank  does  not  engage  in  any  hedging  or  trading  activities  in  its 
investment portfolio. 

Generally  accepted  accounting  principles  require  that,  at  the  time  of  purchase,  the  Bank  designate  a  security  as  “held-to-maturity,” 
“available-for-sale,” or “trading,” depending on our ability and intent to hold such security. Securities available for sale are reported at fair value, 
while securities held to maturity are reported at amortized cost. The Bank does not maintain a trading portfolio. Establishing a trading portfolio 
would require specific authorization by the Board of Directors. 

The investment portfolio is actively managed and consists of investments classified as available -for-sale and held-to-maturity. 
Under available-for sale classification, investment instruments may be sold as deemed appropriate by management. On a monthly basis, the 
investment portfolio is marked to market as required by ASC 320. Additionally, the investment portfolio is used to balance the Bank’s asset and 
liability position. The Bank invests in fixed rate or floating rate instruments as necessary to reduce interest rate risk exposure. 

At December 31, 2019, the held-to-maturity portfolio, which is primarily composed of municipal securities and is carried at amortized 
cost,  totaled  $23.9  million.  At  that  date,  the  available-for-sale  portfolio,  which  is  composed  of  U.S.  Treasury  securities,  collateralized 
mortgage-backed securities, subordinated debt of other financial institutions and U.S. Government agency securities and is carried at fair value, 
totaled $92.8 million. For additional information, See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Subordinated Notes. On December 30, 2016,  the Company completed the issuance and sale of $14.3 million in aggregate principal 
amount of fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes in a private placement transaction to various accredited investors. During the first quarter of 
2017,  an  additional  $700  thousand  of  subordinated  notes  was  issued  for  a  total  issuance  of  $15.0  million.  The  net  proceeds  of  the  offering 
supported growth and were used for other general business purposes. The notes have a maturity date of December 31, 2026 and have an annual 
fixed interest rate of 6.25% until December 31, 2021. Thereafter, the notes will have a floating interest rate based on three-month LIBOR rate plus 
425 basis points (4.25%) (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) from and including January 1, 2022 to the maturity 
date or any early redemption date. Interest will be paid semi-annually, in arrears, on July 1 and January 1 of each year during the time that the 
notes remain outstanding through the fixed interest rate period or earlier redemption date. Interest will be paid quarterly, in arrears, on April 1, 
July 1, October 1 and January 1 throughout the floating interest rate period or earlier redemption date. 

Deposit Activities. Deposits are the major source of funding for the Bank. The Bank offers a broad array of deposit products that include 
demand,  NOW,  money  market  and  savings  accounts  as  well  as  certificates  of  deposit.  The  Bank  typically  pays  a  competitive  rate  on  the 
interest-bearing deposits. As a relationship-oriented organization, we seek generally to obtain deposit relationships with our loan clients. 

We offer a full range of consumer and commercial deposit products, including on-line banking with bill pay, cash management, sweep 

accounts, wire transfer, check imaging, remote deposit capture and courier services. 

As the Bank’s overall balance sheet positions dictate, we  may become more or less competitive in our interest rate structure  as our 
liquidity  position  changes.  Additionally,  we  may  use  wholesale  deposits  through  sources  such  as  deposit  listing  services,  school  systems, 
government entities and other sources to augment our funding position. 

We can also arrange for FDIC insurance for deposits up to $140 million through CDARS, the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry 
Service, which provides a convenient method for a depositor to enjoy full FDIC insurance on deposits up to $140 million through a single banking 
relationship. 

For additional information on deposits, see Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Payment  Service  Solutions.    Beginning  in  2016,  the  Board  and  management  identified  an  opportunity  for  alternative  sources  of 
low-cost deposits and fee income.    We determined that Financial Technology (FinTech) firms were strong and growing nationwide, and we 
expanded our strategic plan to include banking customers that require payment service solutions.     

Bank management and the Board understand that businesses operating in this space require enhanced vetting and due diligence prior to 
boarding  and  thereafter,  enhanced  risk  monitoring  (including  independent  risk  auditing)  on  an  ongoing  basis  throughout  the  life  of  the 
relationship.     

Consistent with our culture, we have worked over the past four years to develop an infrastructure to identify, measure, monitor and 
control the risks associated with payment systems.    We started with one “Beta” customer in 2016.    During a period of initial development, the 
Bank designed and implemented comprehensive legal, strategic, procedural and policy documents to guide business opportunities.   

8 

In 2018, the total volume of cashless payments in the United States reached approximately $97 trillion. The percentage of Americans 
using  payment  apps  rose  to  60%,  and  2019  saw  a  surge  of  new  payment  methods,  technologies  and  the  increasing  general  acceptance  of 
alternative currencies such as Bitcoin, Ripple, and Etherium entering the financial lexicon of the average consumer.   

Based upon recent activity, we assume that 2020 will continue to show growth in the variety of payment solutions. The companies 
providing payments to consumers are a mix of old and new and are currently dependent upon traditional banking and payment systems to offer 
their services to consumers.   

While there have been attempts to divest this dependency, most notably by the efforts of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency   
(the “OCC”) with the FinTech Charter, it is clear that at least for now there is a growing opportunity for banks to continue to partner with payment 
companies. As this industry develops, there is an anticipated opportunity for stable and dependable banks to provide the backbone of the payment 
industry.    In fact, the greatest need is expected to be a bank who is fully prepared to navigate the complex regulatory environment with a strong 
risk-based approach.   

MainStreet Bank is fully committed to support the payments industry. We recognize that, in many cases, payments companies fulfill a 
critical need to the communities that they serve. We see this as an extension of our mission as well as the OCC’s mission of financial inclusion. It 
is the goal of the Bank to continue to provide strong partnership and thought leadership in the payments industry.   

Competition. We face significant competition for the origination of loans and the attraction of deposits. Our competition for loans comes 
primarily from financial institutions in our market area and, to a lesser extent, from other financial service providers, such as mortgage companies 
and mortgage brokers. Competition for loans also comes from the increasing number of non-depository financial service companies entering the 
mortgage market, such as insurance companies, securities companies and specialty finance companies. Our most direct competition for deposits 
has historically come from other financial institutions operating in our market area. We also face competition for investors’ funds from money 
market funds, mutual funds and other corporate and government securities. 

Employees 

At December 31, 2019, the Company had 126 full-time employees and no part-time employees. 

Supervision, Regulation and Other Factors 

General. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to extensive regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as 
amended, and to the examination and reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve. The Company is also subject to the rules and regulations of 
the SEC under the federal securities laws. 

As  a  Virginia-chartered  bank  that  is  a  member  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System,  the  Bank  is  subject  to  regulation,  supervision  and 
examination by the Bureau and the Federal Reserve. State and federal laws also govern the activities in which the Bank engages, the investments 
that it makes and the aggregate amount of loans that may be granted to one borrower. The Bureau and the Federal Reserve also  regulate the 
branching authority of the Bank. In addition, various consumer and compliance laws and regulations affect the Bank’s operations. 

The earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries, and therefore the earnings of the Company, are affected by general economic conditions, 
management policies, changes in state and federal legislation and actions of various regulatory authorities, including those referred to above. The 
following description summarizes some of the significant state and federal and state laws to which the Company and the Bank are subject. To the 
extent that statutory or regulatory provisions or proposals are described, the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular 
statutory or regulatory provisions or proposals. 

Legislation is introduced from time to time in the United States Congress that may affect our operations. In addition, the regulations that 
govern us may be amended from time to time. Any such legislation or regulatory changes in the future could adversely affect our operations and 
financial condition. 

Financial Regulatory Reform. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was 
enacted in July 2010, imposed various new restrictions on, and an expanded framework of regulatory oversight for, financial entities, including 
depository institutions and their holding companies. 

9 

 
In May 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (the “Regulatory Relief Act”) was enacted to 
modify or remove certain financial reform rules and regulations, including certain of those implemented under the Dodd-Frank Act. While the 
Regulatory Relief Act maintains most of the regulatory structure established by the Dodd-Frank Act, it amends some aspects of the regulatory 
framework for small depository institutions with assets of less than $10 billion and for large banks with assets of more than $50 billion. Certain of 
these  changes  could  result  in  meaningful  regulatory  changes  for  community  banks  and  their  holding  companies,  such  as  the  Bank  and  the 
Company. 

In February 2020, the Bank applied to the OCC to convert from a Virginia-chartered bank to a national banking association. Assuming 
that the OCC approves the Bank’s application and the charter conversion is completed, the Bank will become subject to regulation, supervision 
and examination by the OCC rather than by the Bureau and the Federal Reserve. Following the proposed charter conversion, the Bank’s business 
activities, investments and legal lending limit will be governed by the National Bank Act and the regulations and rulings of the OCC. While the 
applicable provisions of the National Bank Act and OCC regulations differ in various ways from Virginia law and the regulations of the Federal 
Reserve,  the  Bank’s  management  has  determined  that  any  such  differences  would  have  no  material  effect  on  the  operations  of  the  Bank. 
Furthermore, the branching authority of the Bank will remain the same following the proposed charter conversion, and its operations will remain 
subject to the same consumer and compliance laws and regulations. 

The Regulatory Relief Act, among other matters, expands the definition of qualified mortgages that may be held by a financial institution 
and simplifies the regulatory capital rules for financial institutions and their holding companies with total consolidated assets of less than $10 
billion by instructing the federal banking regulators to establish a single “Community Bank Leverage Ratio” of between 8 and  10 percent. See 
“-Regulation of the Bank – Regulatory Capital Requirements.” In addition, the Regulatory Relief Act includes certain regulatory relief regarding 
such  matters  as  call  reports,  the  Volcker  Rule  (proprietary trading prohibitions), mortgage  disclosures  and  risk  weights  for  certain  high-risk 
commercial real estate loans. 

Regulation of the Bank. The Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Bureau and by the Federal Reserve, which regulation 
and supervision extends to all aspects of its operations, including but not limited to requirements concerning an allowance for loan losses, lending 
and mortgage operations, interest rates received on loans and paid on deposits, the payment of dividends to the Company, loans to officers and 
directors, mergers and acquisitions, capital adequacy, and the opening and closing of branches.   

As a state-chartered bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is subject to periodic examinations by the Bureau 
and  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Richmond.  In  these  examinations,  the  examiners  assess  compliance  with  state  and  federal  banking 
regulations and the safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan underwriting and documentation, asset quality, earnings standards, 
internal controls and audit systems, interest rate risk exposure, and employee compensation and benefits. The Regulatory Relief Act increases the 
asset threshold for depository institutions qualifying for an 18-month on-site examination cycle from $1 billion to $3 billion in total consolidated 
assets. 

The Bureau and the Federal Reserve have enforcement responsibility over the Bank and the authority to bring actions against the Bank 
and certain institution-affiliated parties, including officers, directors, and employees, for violations of laws or regulations and for engaging in 
unsafe  and unsound practices.  Formal  enforcement  actions  include  the  issuance  of  a  capital  directive or  cease  and  desist  order,  civil  money 
penalties, removal of officers and/or directors, and receivership or conservatorship of the institution. 

As noted above, the Bank has applied to the OCC for approval of the Bank’s conversion from a Virginia-chartered bank to a national 
bank. Upon completion of the proposed conversion, the Bank will be subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC rather than 
by the Bureau and the Federal Reserve, and the enforcement authority of the OCC will replace that of the Bureau and the Federal Reserve. The 
Bank’s conversion to a national bank, and the OCC’s replacement of the Bureau and the Federal Reserve as the Bank’s regulatory and supervisory 
authority, are not expected to have any material effect on the Bank’s operations. 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts.    The FDIC insures deposits at federally insured financial institutions like the Bank.    Deposit accounts 
in the Bank are insured by the FDIC generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 
for self-directed retirement accounts.   

The  FDIC  charges  insured  depository  institutions  assessments  to  maintain  the  Deposit  Insurance  Fund.  Assessment  rates  for  small 
institutions (those with less than $10 billion in assets) are based on an institution’s weighted average CAMELS component ratings and certain 
financial  ratios  and  are  applied  to  the  institution’s  assessment  base,  which  equals  its  average  total  assets  minus  its  average  tangible 
equity. Currently, assessment rates (which are subject to certain adjustments) range from 3 to 16 basis points for institutions with CAMELS 
composite ratings of 1 or 2, 6 to 30 basis points for those with a CAMELS composite score of 3, and 16 to 30 basis points for those with CAMELS 
Composite scores of 4 or 5.   

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating 

expenses and results of operations of the Bank. We cannot predict what the FDIC assessment rates will be in the future. 

10 

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in 
an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the 
FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.   

Regulatory  Capital  Requirements.    The  Bank  is  required  to  maintain  specified  levels  of  regulatory  capital  under  federal  banking 
regulations. The capital requirements are quantitative measures established by regulation that require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and 
ratios of capital. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by 
bank regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. 

A new comprehensive regulatory capital framework, implementing the regulatory capital reforms required by the Dodd-Frank Act as 
well as by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, became effective January 1, 2015 (with certain final changes taking effect on January 1, 
2019).    The currently effective capital rule requires the maintenance of “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”) capital, Tier 1 capital and Total 
capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, 6% and 8%, respectively. The rule also established a minimum leverage ratio of at least 4% Tier 1 
capital to average consolidated assets. In addition  to the above minimum requirements, the capital rule limits capital distributions and certain 
discretionary bonus payments if a banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of CET1 capital to 
risk-weighted  assets  above  the  amount  necessary  to  meet  its  minimum  risk-based  capital  requirements.  The  capital  conservation  buffer 
requirement effectively increases the minimum required risk-based capital ratios to 7% for CET1, 8.5% for Tier 1 capital and 10.5% for Total 
capital.   

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, a bank’s assets, including certain 
off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests), are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by 
the capital regulations based on the risk deemed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to 
present greater risk. For example, a risk weight of 0% is assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50% is generally 
assigned to prudently underwritten first lien one- to four-family residential mortgages, a risk weight of 100% is assigned to commercial and 
consumer loans, a risk weight of 150% is assigned to non-residential mortgage loans that are 90 days past due or otherwise on non-accrual status, 
and a risk weight of between 0% to 600% is assigned to permissible equity interests, depending on certain specified factors. 

Under applicable federal statute, the federal bank regulatory agencies are required to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to 
institutions that do not meet specified minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the statute establishes five capital categories: well 
capitalized,  adequately  capitalized,  undercapitalized,  significantly  undercapitalized  and  critically  undercapitalized.  Under  the  implementing 
regulations, in order to be considered well-capitalized, a bank must have a ratio of CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.5%, a ratio of Tier 1 
capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%, a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10%, and a leverage ratio of 5%.   In order to be considered 
adequately capitalized, a bank must have the minimum capital ratios required by the regulatory capital rule described above.   Institutions with 
lower capital ratios are assigned to lower capital categories.   Based on safety and soundness concerns, a bank may be assigned to a lower capital 
category than would otherwise apply based on its capital ratios.    A bank that is not well-capitalized is subject to certain restrictions on brokered 
deposits and interest rates on deposits.   A bank that is not at least adequately capitalized is subject to numerous additional restrictions, and a 
guaranty by its holding company is required.   A bank with a ratio of tangible equity to total assets of 2.0% or less is subject to the appointment of 
the FDIC as receiver if its capital level does not improve within 90 days 

As of December 31, 2019, the Bank was in compliance with all regulatory capital standards and qualified as “well capitalized.” See Note 

15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

The  Regulatory  Relief  Act,  enacted  in  May  2018,  simplified  the  regulatory  capital  rules  for  financial  institutions  and  their  holding 
companies with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion by instructing the federal banking regulators to establish a single “Community 
Bank Leverage Ratio” of tangible equity capital divided by average consolidated assets (“CBLR”) of between 8 and 10 percent. Under the statute, 
any qualifying depository institution or holding company that maintains a leverage ratio exceeding the CBLR will be considered to satisfy the 
generally applicable leverage and risk-based regulatory capital requirements.     

On  September  17,  2019  the  federal  banking  agencies  issued  a  final  rule  that  introduces  an  optional  simplified  measure  of  capital 
adequacy  for qualifying  community banking organizations  (i.e.,  the  community bank  leverage ratio (CBLR)  framework),  as  required  by  the 
Regulatory Relief Act. The CBLR framework is designed to reduce burden by removing the requirements for calculating and reporting risk-based 
capital ratios for qualifying community banking organizations that opt into the framework. 

In order to qualify for the CBLR framework, a community banking organization must have a tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 9  percent, 
less  than  $10  billion  in  total  consolidated  assets,  and  limited  amounts  of  off-balance-sheet  exposures  and  trading  assets  and  liabilities.  A 
qualifying  community  banking  organization  that  opts  into  the  CBLR  framework  and  meets  all  requirements  under  the  framework  will  be 
considered to have met the well-capitalized ratio requirements under the prompt corrective action regulations and will not be required to report or 
calculate risk-based capital. 

11 

The CBLR framework will be available for banks to use in their March 31, 2020 Call Report. 

Transactions with Related Parties.    The Bank is subject to the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W, which comprehensively implements the 
restrictions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act on transactions between a bank and its “affiliates.” The sole “affiliate” of the 
Bank, as defined in Regulation W, is the Company. 

Section 23A and the implementing provisions of Regulation W generally place limits on the amount of a bank’s loans or extensions of 
credit to, investments in, or certain other transactions with its affiliates, and on the amount of advances to third parties collateralized by the 
securities  or  obligations  of  affiliates.  Section  23B  and  Regulation  W  generally  require  a  bank’s  transactions  with  affiliates  to  be  on  terms 
substantially  the  same,  or  at  least  as  favorable  to  the  bank,  as  those  prevailing  at  the  time  for  comparable  transactions  with  non-affiliated 
companies. 

The Bank is also subject to certain restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, certain principal shareholders and 
their related interests. Such extensions of credit must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those 
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other 
unfavorable features. 

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws.    All insured depository institutions have a responsibility under the Community 
Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”) and federal regulations thereunder to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and 
moderate-income neighborhoods. In connection with its examination of a state-chartered Federal Reserve member bank like the Bank, the Federal 
Reserve is required to assess our record of meeting the credit needs of our entire community. The CRA requires the Bank’s record of compliance 
with the CRA to be taken into account in the evaluation of applications by the Bank or the Company for approval of an expansionary proposal, 
such as a merger or other acquisition of another bank or the opening of a new branch office. The Bank received a “satisfactory” CRA rating in its 
most recent assessment received on October 10, 2019 by the Federal Reserve. 

In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on 
the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. A failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act or the Fair Housing Act could 
result in enforcement actions by a bank’s principal federal regulatory agency, as well as by other federal regulatory agencies or the Department of 
Justice. 

Other  Consumer  Protection  Laws.    In  connection  with  our  deposit-taking,  lending  and  other  activities,  the  Bank’s  lending  and 
deposit-taking operations are subject to numerous federal and state laws designed to protect consumers. The Consumer Financial Protection 
Bureau (“CFPB”) issues regulations and standards under the federal consumer protection laws, which include, among others, the Home Mortgage 
Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Electronic Fund 
Transfer Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, and the Dodd-Frank Act’s prohibition on unfair, deceptive or abusive acts 
or practices.    The Bank’s consumer financial products and services are subject to examination by the Federal Reserve for compliance with these 
and other CFPB regulations and standards. 

In  addition,  customer  privacy  statutes  and  regulations  limit  the  ability  of  the  Bank  to  disclose  nonpublic  consumer  information  to 
non-affiliated third parties. These laws require us to provide notice to our customers regarding privacy policies and practices and to give our 
customers an option to prevent their non-public personal information from being shared with non-affiliated third parties or with our affiliates. 

Bank Secrecy Act / Anti-Money Laundering Laws.  The Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering laws 
and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001. These laws and regulations require the Bank to implement policies, procedures, and 
controls to detect, prevent, and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. Violations of these 
requirements can result in substantial civil and criminal sanctions. In addition, provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act require the federal financial 
institution regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution's anti-money laundering activities when reviewing mergers 
and acquisitions. 

12 

Commercial  Real  Estate  Lending  Concentrations. The  federal  banking  agencies  have  issued  guidance  on  sound  risk  management 
practices  for  concentrations  in  commercial  real  estate  lending. The  particular  focus  is  on  exposure  to  commercial  real  estate  loans  that  are 
dependent on the cash flow from the real estate held as collateral and that are likely to be sensitive to conditions in the commercial real estate 
market (as opposed to real estate collateral held as a secondary source of repayment or as an abundance of caution). The purpose of the guidance 
is  not  to  limit  a  bank’s  commercial  real  estate  lending  but  to  guide  banks  in  developing  risk  management  practices  and  capital  levels 
commensurate with the level and nature of real estate concentrations. The guidance directs the federal banking agencies to focus their supervisory 
resources on institutions that may have significant commercial real estate loan concentration risk. A bank that has experienced rapid growth in 
commercial  real  estate  lending,  has  notable  exposure  to  a  specific  type  of  commercial  real  estate  loan,  or  is  approaching  or  exceeding  the 
following supervisory criteria may be identified for further supervisory analysis with respect to real estate concentration risk: 

•  Total  reported  loans  for  construction,  land  development  and  other  land  represent  100%  or  more  of  the  bank’s  total  regulatory 

capital; or 

•  Total commercial real estate loans (as defined in the guidance) represent 300% or more of the bank’s total regulatory capital and the 
outstanding balance of the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. 

The guidance provides that the strength of an institution’s lending and risk management practices with respect to such concentrations 

will be taken into account in supervisory guidance on evaluation of capital adequacy. 

Regulation  of  the  Company.  As  a  bank  holding  company  under  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act,  we  are  subject  to  regulation, 
supervision,  and  examination  by  the  Federal  Reserve.  We  are  required  to  file  quarterly  reports  with  the  Federal  Reserve  and  provide  such 
additional  information  as  the  Federal  Reserve  may  require.  The  Federal  Reserve  has  extensive  enforcement  authority  over  bank  holding 
companies, including, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders and to require 
that a holding company divest subsidiaries (including its bank subsidiaries). In general, enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of law 
and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. We are also required to file certain reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and 
regulations of, the SEC. 

Regulatory Capital Requirements.    The federal regulatory capital rules apply to all depository institutions as well as to bank holding 
companies with consolidated assets of $3 billion or more. However, the regulatory capital requirements generally do not apply on a consolidated 
basis to a bank holding company with total consolidated assets of less than $3 billion unless the holding company: (1) is engaged in significant 
nonbanking  activities  either  directly  or  through  a  nonbank  subsidiary;  (2)  conducts  significant  off-balance  sheet  activities  (including 
securitization and asset management or administration) either directly or through a nonbank subsidiary; or (3) has a material amount of debt or 
equity securities outstanding (other than trust preferred securities) that are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Federal 
Reserve may apply the regulatory capital standards at its  discretion to any bank holding company, regardless of asset size, if  such action is 
warranted for supervisory purposes.     

Because the Company has total consolidated assets of less than $3 billion and does not engage in activities that would trigger application 

of the federal regulatory capital rules, it is not at present subject to consolidated capital requirements under the such rules. 

Acquisitions.    Under the Bank Holding Company Act, we are required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB to acquire ownership or 
control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of any bank holding company or bank or merge or consolidate with 
another bank holding company. Federal law authorizes bank holding companies to make interstate acquisitions of banks without  geographic 
limitation.   

Permissible Activities.    In general, the Bank Holding Company Act limits the activities of a bank holding company to those of banking, 
managing or controlling banks, or any other activity that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or to managing or 
controlling banks that an exception is allowed for those activities. Bank holding companies that qualify and elect to be  treated as “financial 
holding companies” may engage in a broad range of additional activities that are (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activities or 
(ii) complementary to a financial activity and do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial 
system generally. These activities include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance agency and underwriting, and making merchant banking 
investments. We have not made an election to be treated as a financial holding company. 

Incentive Compensation. Federal banking agencies have issued guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the 
incentive  compensation  policies  of  banking  organizations  do  not  undermine  the  safety  and  soundness  of  such  organizations  by  encouraging 
excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, is 
based  upon  the  key  principles  that  a  banking  organization’s  incentive  compensation  arrangements  should  (i)  provide  incentives  that  do  not 
encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls 
and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board 
of directors. In accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal banking  agencies prohibit incentive-based compensation arrangements that 
encourage inappropriate risk taking by covered financial institutions (generally institutions that have over $1 billion in assets) and are deemed to 
be excessive, or that may lead to material losses. 

13 

The Federal Reserve will review, as part of its standard, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of 
banking  organizations  (such  as  the  Company)  that  are  not  “large,  complex  banking  organizations.”  These  reviews  will  be  tailored  to  each 
organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The 
findings  of  the  supervisory  initiatives  will  be  included  in  reports  of  examination.  Deficiencies  will  be  incorporated  into  the  organization’s 
supervisory  ratings, which can affect the  organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken 
against a  banking  organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes,  pose a 
risk to the  organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to  correct the deficiencies.  The 
scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on executive compensation is likely to continue to evolve. It cannot be determined at 
this time whether compliance with such policies will adversely affect the Company’s ability to hire, retain and motivate its key employees. 

Source of Strength.    Under the Bank Holding Company Act, a bank holding company is required to act as a source of financial and 
managerial  strength  to  each of  its  subsidiary  banks  and  to commit  resources  to  support each  subsidiary  bank.  Under this  source  of  strength 
doctrine, the FRB may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank. The FRB may charge the bank 
holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices if it fails to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank or if it undertakes actions 
that the FRB believes might jeopardize its ability to commit resources to such subsidiary bank. A capital injection may be required at times when 
the holding company does not have the resources to provide it. 

In addition, any loans by a holding company to a subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other 
indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment 
by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, the bankruptcy law provides 
that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the institution’s general unsecured creditors, 
including the holders of its note obligations. 

Payment of Dividends. The Company is subject to various restrictions relating to the payment of dividends. The Federal Reserve has 
issued guidance indicating that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends only if the company’s net income available to common 
shareholders over the past year has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent 
with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve’s guidance also states that a bank holding 
company should inform and consult with its regional Federal Reserve Bank in advance of declaring or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for 
the  period  for  which  the  dividend  is  being  paid or  that  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  change  to  the  organization’s  capital  structure.    In 
addition, under Virginia law, the Company generally may not pay dividends or distributions to holders of common stock if it would be unable to 
pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business or if its total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the 
amount of the liquidation preference of any class of shares with superior rights than common stock.     

As the majority of the Company’s revenues result from dividends paid to the Company by the Bank, the Company’s ability to pay 
dividends to our shareholders largely depends on the receipt of such dividends from the Bank. The Bank is subject to various laws and regulations 
limiting the amount of dividends that it can pay. Under Virginia law, without the permission of the Virginia State Corporation Commission, a 
state bank may not pay dividends, except from retained earnings. Under federal law applicable to state-chartered Federal Reserve member banks, 
a bank may not declare or pay a dividend without prior Federal Reserve approval if the total of all dividends declared during the calendar year, 
including the proposed dividend, exceeds the sum of the bank’s net income during the current calendar year and the retained net income of the 
prior  two  calendar  years.  The  Federal  Reserve  may  also  object  to  a  proposed  dividend  based  on  safety  and  soundness  concerns.  Upon  the 
completion of the Bank’s proposed conversion to a national banking association, dividends by the Bank, as a national bank, will be subject to 
restriction under the National Bank Act and regulations of the OCC rather than under Virginia law and the regulations of the Federal Reserve. The 
OCC’s regulatory dividend restrictions are effectively the same as those of the Federal Reserve: a national bank may not declare or pay a dividend 
without prior OCC approval if the total of all dividends declared during the calendar year, including the proposed dividend, exceeds the sum of the 
bank’s net income during the current calendar year and the retained net income of the prior two calendar years. 

No insured depository institution may pay a dividend if, after paying the dividend, the institution would be undercapitalized. In addition, 
as noted above, if the Bank does not maintain the capital conservation buffer required by applicable regulatory capital rules, its ability to pay 
dividends to the Company will be limited. 

Federal Securities Law. The Company’s common stock is registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, and the Company is 

subject to the periodic reporting and other requirements of the SEC under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

This section highlights the material risks that the Company currently faces. Any of the risks described below could materially adversely 

affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Our business, like that of most banking organizations, is highly susceptible to credit risk. 

As a lender, the Bank is exposed to the risk that customers will be unable to repay their loans according to terms of the loan agreements 
and that the collateral securing payment of the loans (if any) may not be sufficient to assure  repayment. Credit losses could have a material 
adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. 

14 

 
 
 
We have significant exposure to risks associated with commercial and residential real estate. 

A substantial portion of our loan portfolio consists of commercial and residential real estate-related loans, including construction and 
residential and commercial mortgage  loans. As of December 31,  2019, we had approximately $134.1 million of owner-occupied and $287.8 
million of investment commercial real estate loans outstanding, which represented approximately  12.9% and 27.6%, respectively, of our loan 
portfolio as of December 31, 2019. As of that same date, we  had approximately $272.6 million of construction real estate loans and $150.8 
million of residential real estate loans, which represent 26.1% and 14.5% respectively.   

The adverse consequences from real estate-related credit risks tend to be cyclical and are often driven by local and national economic 

developments that are not controllable or entirely foreseeable by us or our borrowers. As a result: 

•  we have a greater risk of loan defaults and losses in the event of economic weaknesses associated with commercial and residential 
real estate in our market area and nationally, which may have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to timely repay their 
loans; and 

• 

loan concentrations and the associated risks related to commercial and residential real estate may pose additional regulatory credit 
risk concerns, including interest rate risk due to maturity considerations, liquidity risk due to funding considerations and  risks to 
earnings and capital. 

Since we engage in lending secured by real estate and may be forced to foreclose on the collateral property and own the underlying real 
estate, we may be subject to the increased costs and risks associated with the ownership of real property, which could have an adverse effect on 
our business and results of operations. 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and 
take title to properties securing certain loans, in which case, we become exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. The amount 
that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

general or local economic conditions; 

environmental clean-up liabilities; 

neighbourhood values; 

interest rates; 

real estate tax rates; 

operating expenses of the foreclosed properties; 

supply of and demand for rental units or properties; 

ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties; 

zoning laws; 

governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; and 

extreme weather conditions or other natural or man-made disasters. 

Certain expenditures associated with the ownership of real estate, principally real estate taxes and maintenance costs, may also adversely 

affect our operating expenses. 

Commercial and industrial loans may expose us to greater financial and credit risk than other loans. 

Commercial and industrial loans generally carry larger loan balances and can involve a greater degree of financial and credit risk than 
other loans, including less collateral at liquidation. Any significant failure to pay on time by our customers would hurt our earnings. The increased 
financial and credit risks associated with these types of loans result from several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited 
number of loans and borrowers, the size of loan balances, the effects of general economic conditions on income-producing properties and the 
increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. In addition, when underwriting a commercial or industrial loan, we may 
take a security interest in commercial real estate, and, in some instances upon a default by the borrower, we may foreclose on and take title to the 
property, which may lead to additional risks for us under applicable environmental laws. If hazardous substances were to be discovered on any of 
these properties, we may be liable to governmental agencies or third parties for the costs of remediation of the hazard, as well as for personal 
injury  and  property damage. Many  environmental  laws  can  impose  liability  regardless  of  whether  we  knew  of, or  were  responsible  for,  the 
contamination. 

15 

 
The small-to-midsized businesses that we lend to may have fewer resources to weather adverse business developments, which may impair a 
borrower’s ability to repay a loan, and such impairment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

We focus our business development and marketing strategy primarily on small-to-midsized businesses. Small-to-midsized businesses 
frequently have smaller market shares than their competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional 
capital to expand or compete and may experience substantial volatility in operating results, any of which may impair a borrower’s ability to repay 
a loan. In addition, the success of a small-to-midsized business often depends on the management skills, talents and efforts of one or two people or 
a small group of people, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these people could have an adverse impact on the business and 
its ability to repay its loan. If general economic conditions negatively impact the markets in which we operate and small-to-midsized businesses 
are adversely affected or our borrowers are otherwise harmed by adverse business developments, this, in turn, could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

The borrowing needs of our customers may increase, especially during a challenging economic environment, which could result in increased 
borrowing against our contractual obligations to extend credit. 

A commitment to extend credit is a  formal agreement to lend funds to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition 
established under the agreement. The actual borrowing needs of our customers under these credit commitments have historically been lower than 
the contractual amount of the commitments. A significant portion of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. Because of the credit 
profile of our customers, we typically have a substantial amount of total unfunded credit commitments, which is not reflected on our balance 
sheet.  As  of  December 31,  2019,  we  had  $251.5  million  in  unfunded  credit  commitments  to  our  customers.  Actual  borrowing  needs  of  our 
customers may exceed our expectations, especially during a challenging economic environment when our customers’ companies may be more 
dependent on our credit commitments due to the lack of available credit elsewhere, the increasing costs of credit, or the limited availability of 
financings from venture firms. This could adversely affect our liquidity, which could impair our ability to fund operations and meet obligations as 
they become due and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We may not be able to manage the risks associated with our anticipated growth and expansion through de novo branching. 

Our  business  strategy  includes  evaluating  strategic  opportunities  to  grow  through  de  novo  branching,  and  we  believe  that  banking 
location  expansion  has  been  meaningful  to  our  growth  since  inception.  De  novo  branching  carries  with  it  certain  potential  risks,  including 
significant startup costs and anticipated initial operating losses; an inability to gain regulatory approval; an inability to secure the services of 
qualified senior management to operate the de novo banking location and successfully integrate and promote our corporate culture; poor market 
reception  for  de  novo  banking  locations  established  in  markets  where  we  do  not  have  a  preexisting  reputation;  challenges  posed  by  local 
economic  conditions;  challenges  associated  with  securing  attractive  locations  at  a  reasonable  cost;  and  the  additional  strain  on  management 
resources and internal systems and controls. Failure to adequately manage the risks associated with our anticipated growth through de novo 
branching could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual future losses. 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses to cover estimable and observable loan losses inherent in our portfolio. Every loan we make 
carries a certain risk of non-repayment, and we make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio including 
the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. Through a 
periodic  review  of  the  loan  portfolio,  management  determines  the  amount  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  by  considering  general  market 
conditions,  credit  quality  of  the  loan  portfolio,  the  collateral  supporting  the  loans  and  performance  of  customers  relative  to  their  financial 
obligations with us. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in 
interest rates, which may be beyond our control, and these losses may exceed current estimates. We cannot fully predict the amount or timing of 
losses or whether the loss allowance will be adequate in the future. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not 
be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. Excessive loan losses could have a material 
adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. 

We may be required to increase our provisions for loan losses and to charge  off loans in the future, which increases and charges could 
materially adversely affect us. 

There is no precise method of predicting the timing of loan losses. We can give no assurance that our allowance for loan losses is or will 
be sufficient to absorb actual loan losses. We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan 
losses charged to expense, that represents management’s estimable and observable losses within the existing portfolio of loans. The level of the 
allowance reflects management’s evaluation of, among other factors, the status of specific impaired loans, trends in historical loss experience, 
delinquency trends, credit concentrations and economic conditions within our market area. The determination of the appropriate level of the 
allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current 
credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information 
regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to 
increase our allowance for loan losses. Increases in nonperforming loans have a significant impact on our allowance for loan losses. 

16 

In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase the provision for 
loan losses or to recognize  further loan charge-offs, based on judgments that differ from those  of management. If loan charge-offs in future 
periods exceed our allowance for loan losses, we will need to record additional provisions to increase our allowance for loan losses. Furthermore, 
growth in our loan portfolio would generally lead to an increase in the provision for loan losses. Generally, increases in our allowance for loan 
losses will result in a decrease in net income and shareholders’ equity, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results 
of operations and cash flows. Material additions to our allowance could also materially decrease our net income. 

The Company may be required to increase its allowance for credit losses as a result of a recently issued accounting standard. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses 
on Financial Instruments.”    The amendments in this ASU, among other things, require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial 
assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions 
and  other  organizations  will  now  use  forward-looking  information  to  better  inform  their  credit  loss  estimates.  Many  of  the  loss  estimation 
techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit 
losses. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with 
credit deterioration. 

At  the  FASB’s  October  16,  2019  meeting,  the  Board  affirmed  its  decision  to  amend  the  effective  date  of  this  ASU  for  many 
companies. Public business entities that are SEC filers, excluding those meeting the smaller reporting company definition, will retain the initial 
required implementation date of fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019.   All other entities 
will be required to apply the guidance for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2022. 

The  revised methodology required by ASU 2016-13, which will be effective for the Company  beginning after December 15, 2022, 
represents  a  significant  change  from  existing  GAAP  and  may  result  in  material  changes  to  the  Company’s  accounting  for  financial 
instruments. For most debt securities, the transition approach requires a cumulative-effect adjustment to the statement of financial position as of 
the beginning of the first reporting period the guidance is effective. For other-than-temporarily impaired debt securities, the guidance will be 
applied prospectively. The Company will record a one-time adjustment to its credit loss allowance, as of the beginning of the first quarter of 2023, 
equal to the difference between the amounts of its credit loss allowance under the incurred loss methodology and under CECL.  The Company 
cannot yet determine the magnitude of any such one-time cumulative adjustment or of the overall impact of the new standard on its financial 
condition or results of operations. In anticipation of the ASU, the Company is working with a third party to compile data and develop an estimate 
using historical and qualitative data based on the requirements of ASU 2016-13.       

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is unseasoned. 

Since December 31, 2016, our loan portfolio has increased approximately  115.5%, from $464 million at December 31, 2016 to $1.0 
billion at December 31, 2019. While we believe our underwriting standards are designed to manage normal lending risks, it is difficult to assess 
the future performance of our loan portfolio due to the recent origination of many of our loans.    As a result, it is difficult to determine whether 
these loans will become non-performing or delinquent, or whether we will hold non-performing or delinquent loans that may adversely affect our 
future performance.     

New lines of business, products, product enhancements or services may subject us to additional risks. 

From time to time, we implement new lines of business, or offer new products and product enhancements as well as new services within 
our existing lines of business and we will continue to do so in the future. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, 
particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In implementing, developing or marketing new lines of business, products, 
product enhancements or services, we may invest significant time and resources, although we may not assign the appropriate level of resources or 
expertise  necessary  to  make  these  new  lines  of  business,  products,  product  enhancements  or  services  successful  or  to  realize  their  expected 
benefits. Further, initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services 
may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive 
alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the ultimate implementation of a new line of business or offerings of new products, 
product enhancements or services.  Furthermore, any new line of business, product, product enhancement or service  could have a significant 
impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation 
of new lines of business or offerings of new products, product enhancements or services could have an adverse impact on our business, financial 
condition or results of operations. 

In  2016,  we  added  a  new  funding  source  by  way  of  facilitating  payment  services.  We  are  continuing  to  identify  and  solicit  new 
customers in need of these specialized services. The primary reasons for expanding into payment services are to secure an additional source of 
low-cost deposits and to capture additional fee income. A bank’s risks when dealing with a processor account are similar to risks from other 
activities in which customers conduct transactions through the bank on behalf of the customers’ clients. It is necessary for a bank to implement an 
adequate processor approval, monitoring and auditing program that extends beyond credit risk management and is conducted on an ongoing basis. 
When a bank is not able to identify and understand the nature and source of transactions processed through accounts, the bank’s risks and the 
likelihood  of  suspicious  activity  can  increase.    Without  these  precautions,  a  bank  could  be  vulnerable  to  processing  illicit  or  sanctioned 
transactions. 

17 

Strong competition within our market area could reduce our profits and slow growth. 

We face competition in making loans, attracting deposits and hiring and retaining experienced employees. Price competition for loans 
and deposits may result in our charging lower interest rates on loans and paying higher interest rates on deposits, thereby reducing our net interest 
income.  Price  competition  also  may  limit  our  ability  to  originate  loans.  Competition  makes  it  more  difficult  and  costly  to  attract  and  retain 
qualified employees. 

Changes in interest rates may negatively affect our earnings, income and financial condition as well as the value of our assets. 

Our earnings and cash flows depend substantially upon our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between  interest 
income earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as 
deposits and borrowed funds. Interest rates are sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions, 
competition and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal 
Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”).   

In an attempt to help the overall economy, the Federal Reserve has kept interest rates low through its targeted Fed Funds rate. During 
2018, the Federal Reserve increased the targeted Fed Funds rate  four times, each time by 25 basis points, however, in 2019, the Fed Reserve 
decreased the targeted Fed Funds rate three times, each time by 25 basis points. The Federal Reserve has indicated that further changes would be 
subject to economic conditions. As the Federal Reserve increases and decreases the targeted Fed Funds rate, overall interest rates will likely be 
impacted.   

Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, not only could influence the interest we receive on loans and investment 
securities and the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect: (1) our ability to originate loans and 
obtain deposits; (2) the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, including our securities portfolio; and (3) the  average duration of our 
interest-earning assets. Interest-earning assets may be more responsive to changes in interest rates than interest-bearing liabilities, or vice versa 
(repricing risk), individual interest rates or rate indices underlying various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities may not change 
in the same degree over a given time period (basis risk), and interest rate relationships may change across the spectrum of interest-earning asset 
and  interest-bearing  liability  maturities  (yield  curve  risk),  including  a  prolonged  flat  or  inverted  yield  curve  environment.  Any  substantial, 
unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition. 

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could 
have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities, or on terms that are 
acceptable to us, could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or the economy in general. Factors that 
could detrimentally affect our access to liquidity sources include, among other things, a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of 
a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated and an adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be 
impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects 
for the financial services industry. 

Among other sources of funds, we rely heavily on deposits for funds to make loans and provide for our other liquidity needs. However, 
our loan demand has historically exceeded the rate at which we have been able to build core deposits for which there is substantial competition 
from a variety of different competitors, so we have relied on interest-sensitive deposits, including wholesale deposits, as sources of funds. Those 
deposits may not be as stable as other types of deposits and, in the future, depositors may not renew those deposits when they mature, or we may 
have to pay a higher rate of interest to attract or retain them or to replace them with other deposits or with funds from other sources. Not being able 
to attract deposits, or to retain or replace them as they mature, would adversely affect our liquidity. Paying higher deposit rates to attract, retain or 
replace those deposits could have a negative effect on our interest margin and operating results.   

We may face increasing deposit-pricing pressures, which may, among other things, reduce our profitability. 

Deposit pricing pressures may result from competition as well as changes to the interest rate environment. Current economic conditions 
have intensified competition for deposits. The competition has had an impact on interest rates paid to attract deposits as well as fees charged on 
deposit products. In addition to the competitive pressures from other depository institutions, we face heightened competition from non-depository 
financial products such as securities and other alternative investments. 

Furthermore, technology and other market changes have made it more convenient for bank customers to transfer funds for investing 
purposes.  Bank  customers  also  have  greater  access  to  deposit  vehicles  that  facilitate  spreading  deposit  balances  among  different  depository 
institutions to maximize FDIC insurance coverage. In addition to competitive forces, we also are at risk from market forces as they affect interest 
rates. It is not uncommon when interest rates transition from a low interest rate environment to a rising rate environment, for deposit and other 
funding costs to rise in advance of yields on earning assets. In order to keep deposits required for funding purposes, it may be necessary to raise 
deposit rates without commensurate increases in asset pricing in the short term. 

18 

Changes in general business, economic and political conditions, especially in Northern Virginia, could adversely affect our earnings. 

In recent years there has been improvement in the U.S. economy as evidenced by a rebound in the housing market, lower unemployment 
and higher equities markets. However, economic growth has been uneven, and opinions vary on the strength and direction of the economy. 
Uncertainties have also arisen regarding the impact that actions and policies of  the Trump administration may have on economic and market 
conditions. 

Our success depends, to a certain extent, upon economic and political conditions, local and national, as well as governmental monetary 
policies. Conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in interest rates, money supply and other factors beyond our control 
may adversely affect our asset quality, deposit levels and loan demand and, therefore our earnings. Because we have a significant amount of real 
estate loans, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon 
foreclosure. Adverse changes in the economy may also have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely repayments of their 
loans, which would have an adverse impact on our earnings. If during a period of reduced real estate values we are required to liquidate the 
collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt or to increase our allowance for loan losses, it could materially reduce our profitability and adversely 
affect  our  financial  condition.  The  substantial  majority  of  our  loans  are  to  individuals  and  businesses  in  Northern  Virginia.  Consequently, 
significant  declines  in  the  economy  in  Northern  Virginia  could  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. 

Additionally, the emergence of widespread health emergencies or pandemics, such as the potential spread of coronavirus (“Covid-19”), 
could lead to quarantines, business shutdowns, increases in unemployment, labor shortages, disruptions to supply chains, and overall economic 
instability.  Events  such  as  these  may  become  more  common  in  the  future  and  could  cause  significant  damage  such  as  disrupt  power  and 
communication services, impact the stability of our facilities and result in additional expenses, impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their 
loans, reduce the value of collateral securing the repayment of our loans, which could result in the loss of revenue. While we have established and 
regularly test disaster recovery procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and 
financial condition. 

Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability. 

In recent years it has been the policy of the Federal Reserve to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal 
funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a result, market rates on the loans we have originated and the yields on securities 
we  have purchased have been at historically low levels. As discussed above, rates are  fluctuating, and due to a number of factors including 
changes in monetary policies of the Federal Reserve, will likely continue to fluctuate. 

Additional required capital may not be available. 

We are required by federal regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. In addition, we may 
elect  to  raise  additional  capital  to  support  our  business  or  to  finance  acquisitions,  if  any,  or  we  may  otherwise  elect  or  be  required  to  raise 
additional capital. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a 
number of other factors, many of which are outside of our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that 
we can raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, it may have a material 
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects. 

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act may have an unanticipated impact on our business. 

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) into law. The Act contains the most extensive 
changes to the Internal Revenue Code in over 30 years. Among other things, the Tax Act reduces the federal corporate tax rate from a maximum 
of 35% to a flat 21%, doubles the standard deduction for individuals, limits the deductibility of state and local income, property and sales taxes by 
individuals to $10,000 per year, eliminates the deductibility of interest on home equity loans, and eliminates the deductibility of interest on new 
home mortgages in excess of $750,000 (down from $1.0 million previously). The Act also eliminates loss carrybacks and limits the deductibility 
of loss carryforwards to 80% of current-year taxable income. The Act allows 100% expensing for all non-real property capital expenditures for 
five years but limits the deductibility of net interest expense (interest expense minus interest income) to 30% of taxable income for businesses 
with average annual gross receipts of more than $25 million. 

While we expect to benefit from the lower federal tax rate in the future, the lower tax rate reduced the value of existing other deferred tax 
assets,  which  we  were  required  to  revalue  during  the  2017  fiscal  year.  Lower  tax  rates  will  also  reduce  the  attractiveness  of 
certain tax-advantaged bank investments such as municipal bonds and bank-owned life insurance. Various other provisions of the Act could have 
unanticipated effects on the business of the Bank. By reducing the tax advantages of home ownership through its  limits on the deductibility of 
mortgage interest and property taxes and the elimination of the deductibility of interest on certain home equity loans, the Act could affect demand 
for housing and residential mortgages in the future. The value of the properties securing loans in our loan portfolio may be adversely impacted as 
a result of the changing economics of home ownership, as such an impact could require an increase in our provision for loan losses, which would 
reduce our profitability and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The higher standard 
deduction could also affect mortgage financing by reducing the number of taxpayers who itemize deductions and therefore benefit from these 

19 

deductions. Furthermore, the lower corporate tax rates and new limits on the deductibility of net interest expense may reduce demand for loans 
from larger business borrowers and increase competition for lending to smaller business borrowers. 

We operate in a highly regulated environment, and we may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations. 

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve, our primary federal regulator, the Virginia 
Bureau of Financial Institutions, our chartering authority and the FDIC, as insurer of our deposits. Such regulation and supervision govern the 
activities in which we and the Bank may engage, and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and the depositors and 
borrowers of the Bank rather than for holders of our common stock. Various consumers and compliance laws also affect our operations. 

Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions 

on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. 

Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, 

may have a material impact on our operations. 

The earnings of the Bank, and therefore the earnings of the Company, are affected by changes in federal and state legislation and actions 

of various regulatory authorities. 

The Bank may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums or special assessments that could adversely affect its earnings. 

The Bank is generally unable to control the amount of premiums that it is required to pay for FDIC insurance. As a result, the Bank may 
be required to pay significantly higher premiums or additional special assessments that could adversely affect the Bank’s earnings. If the rate of 
bank  failures  materially  increases,  or  if  the  cost  of  resolving  prior  failures  exceeds  expectations,  the  FDIC  may  impose  still  higher  FDIC 
premiums. Any future increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums may materially adversely affect our results of operations. 

The Bank has become subject to more stringent regulatory capital requirements. 

The Bank is subject to the comprehensive, consolidated supervision and regulation of the FRB and the Bureau of Financial Institutions, 
including risk-based and leverage capital requirements. The Bank must maintain certain risk-based and leverage capital ratios as required by our 
banking regulators, which can change depending on general economic conditions and on the Bank’s particular condition, risk profile and growth 
plans. If at any time we fail to meet minimum regulatory capital standards or other regulatory requirements, our financial condition would be 
materially and adversely affected. 

In addition, the capital requirements implemented by the federal banking regulators under Basel III could, among other things, result in 
lower returns on invested capital, adversely affect our ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares, require the raising of additional capital, and 
result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Compliance with current or new capital requirements may 
limit operations that require the intensive use of capital and could adversely affect our ability to expand or maintain present business levels.   
Additional  information,  including  the  Bank’s  compliance  with  applicable  capital  requirements  at  December 31,  2019,  is  provided  in  Item  7 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

We extend credit to a variety of customers based on internally established standards and judgment. We manage credit risk through a program 
of underwriting standards, the review of certain credit decisions and an on-going process of assessment of the quality of the credit already 
extended. Our credit standards and ongoing process of credit assessment might not protect us from significant credit losses. 

We take credit risk by virtue of making loans, extending loan commitments and letters of credit and, to a lesser degree, purchasing 
non-governmental securities. Our exposure to credit risk is managed through the use of consistent underwriting standards, and we avoid highly 
leveraged  transactions  as  well  as  excessive  industry  and  other  concentrations.  Our  credit  administration  function  employs  risk  management 
techniques to ensure that loans adhere to corporate policy and problem loans are promptly identified. While these procedures are designed to 
provide us with the information needed to implement policy adjustments where necessary, and to take proactive corrective actions, there can be 
no assurance that such measures will be effective in avoiding undue credit risk. 

We will depend on our management team to implement our business strategy and execute successful operations, and we could be harmed by 
the loss of their services. 

We are dependent upon the services of the members of our senior management team who direct our strategy and operations. Members of 
our senior management team, as well as commercial lending specialists who possess expertise in our markets and key business relationships, 
could  be  difficult  to  replace.  The  loss  of  these  persons,  or  our  inability  to  hire  additional  qualified  personnel,  could  impact  our  ability  to 
implement our business strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to compete in our markets. 

20 

We may not be able to attract and retain skilled people. 

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most  activities in 
which we engage can be intense, and we may not be able to retain or hire the people we want or need. In order to attract and retain qualified 
employees, we must compensate our employees at market levels. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain qualified employees, or do so at 
rates necessary to maintain our competitive position, our performance, including our competitive position, could suffer, and, in turn, adversely 
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The number of experienced banking professionals in our markets may not be the 
same as in certain other markets. 

The decreased soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us. 

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of  other 
financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have 
exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry. As a 
result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have 
led in the past to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Many of these transactions 
expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral that 
we hold cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices insufficient to recover the full amount of the loan. We cannot assure you that any such 
losses would not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Our financial performance will be negatively affected if we are unable to execute our growth strategy. 

Our stated growth strategy is to grow organically and supplement that growth with select acquisitions, if available. Our success depends 
primarily on generating loans and deposits of acceptable risk and expense. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in continuing our 
organic, or internal, growth strategy. Our ability to identify appropriate markets for expansion, recruit and retain qualified personnel, and fund 
growth  at  reasonable  cost,  depends  upon  prevailing  economic  conditions,  maintenance  of  sufficient  capital,  competitive  factors,  changes  in 
banking laws, and other factors. 

We cannot be certain as to our ability to manage increased levels of assets and liabilities without increased expenses and higher levels of 
nonperforming assets. We may be required to make additional investments in equipment and personnel to manage higher asset levels and loan 
balances, which may adversely affect earnings, shareholder returns, and our efficiency ratio. Increases in operating expenses or nonperforming 
assets may decrease our earnings and the value of the Company’s common stock. 

We face risks related to our operational, technological and organizational infrastructure. 

Our ability to grow and compete is  dependent on the Bank’s ability to build or acquire the necessary operational and technological 
infrastructure and to manage the cost of that infrastructure as we expand. In our case, operational risk can manifest itself in many ways, such as 
errors related to failed or inadequate processes, faulty or disabled computer systems, fraud by employees or outside persons and exposure  to 
external events. As discussed below, we are dependent on our operational infrastructure to help manage these risks. In addition, we are heavily 
dependent on the strength and capability of our technology systems that the Bank uses both to interface with customers and to manage internal 
financial and other systems. Our ability to develop and deliver new products that meet the needs of our existing customers and attract new ones 
depends on the functionality of our technology systems. Additionally, our ability to run our business in compliance with applicable laws and 
regulations is dependent on these infrastructures. 

We continuously monitor our operational and technological capabilities and make modifications and improvements as circumstances 
warrant. In some instances, the Bank may build and maintain these capabilities itself. We outsource many of these functions to third parties. These 
third parties may experience errors or disruptions that could adversely impact the Bank and over which it may have limited control. We also face 
risk from the integration of new infrastructure platforms and/or new third-party providers of such platforms into the Bank’s existing businesses. 

Many of our larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. As a result, they may be 
able to offer additional or superior products compared to those that we will be able to provide, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. 
Accordingly, we may lose customers seeking new technology-driven products and services to the extent we are unable to provide such products 
and services. 

A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair our liquidity, disrupt our business, result in the 
unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause financial losses. 

Our business is dependent on our ability to process and monitor, on a daily basis, a number of transactions. These transactions, as well as 
the  information  technology  services  we  provide  to  clients,  often  must  adhere  to  client-specific  guidelines,  as  well  as  legal  and  regulatory 
standards. Developing and maintaining our operational systems and infrastructure is challenging, particularly as a result of rapidly evolving legal 
and regulatory requirements and technological shifts. Our financial, accounting, data processing or other operating systems and facilities may fail 
to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond the Bank’s control, such as a spike in transaction 
volume, cyber-attack or other unforeseen catastrophic events, which may adversely affect our ability to process these transactions or provide 
services. 

21 

In addition, our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information on our computer 
systems and networks. Although we take protective measures to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our and our clients’ 
information across all geographic and product lines, and endeavor to modify these protective measures as circumstances warrant, the nature of the 
threats  continues  to  evolve.  As  a  result,  our  computer  systems,  software  and  networks  may  be  vulnerable  to  unauthorized  access,  loss  or 
destruction of data (including confidential client information), account takeovers, unavailability of service, computer viruses or other malicious 
code, cyber-attacks and other events that could have an adverse security impact. Despite the defensive measures we take to manage our internal 
technological and operational infrastructure, these threats may originate externally from third parties such as foreign governments, organized 
crime and other hackers, and outsource or infrastructure-support providers and application developers, or may originate internally from within our 
organization.  Given  the  increasingly  high  volume  of  our  transactions,  certain  errors  may  be  repeated  or  compounded  before  they  can  be 
discovered and rectified. 

We also face the risk of operational disruption, failure, termination or capacity constraints of any of the third parties that facilitate our 
business activities, including exchanges, clearing agents, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries. Such parties could also be the source 
of  an  attack  on,  or  breach  of,  our  operational  systems,  data  or  infrastructure.  In  addition,  as  interconnectivity  with  our  clients  grows,  we 
increasingly face the risk of operational failure with respect to our clients’ systems. 

If one or more of these events occurs, it could potentially jeopardize the confidential, proprietary and other information processed and 
stored in, and transmitted through, the Bank’s computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, as well as 
our clients’ or other third parties’ operations, which could result in damage to our reputation, substantial costs, regulatory penalties and/or client 
dissatisfaction or loss. 

Potential costs of a cyber incident may include, but would not be limited to, remediation costs, increased protection costs, lost revenue 

from the unauthorized use of proprietary information or the loss of current and/or future customers, and litigation. 

We maintain an insurance policy through the Bank’s blanket bond at the maximum of currently available limits.    However, we cannot 
assure  you  that  this  policy  would  be  sufficient  to  cover  all  financial  losses,  damages,  penalties,  including  lost  revenues,  should  the  Bank 
experience any one or more of our or a third party’s systems failing or experiencing attack. 

We rely on third parties to provide key components of our business infrastructure, and a failure of  these parties to perform for any reason 
could disrupt our operations. 

Third parties provide key components of our business infrastructure such as data processing, internet connections, network access, core 
application processing, statement production and account analysis. Our business depends on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our 
information  technology  and  telecommunications  systems  and  third-party  servicers.  The  failure  of  these  systems,  or  the  termination  of  a 
third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information 
technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for 
such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. Replacing vendors or addressing other issues with our 
third-party service providers could entail significant delay and expense. If we are unable to efficiently replace ineffective service providers, or if 
we experience a significant, sustained or repeated, system failure or service denial, it could compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage 
our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, and subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which 
could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Reputational risk and social factors may impact our results. 

Our  ability  to  originate  and  maintain  accounts  is  highly  dependent  upon  consumer  and  other  external  perceptions  of  our  business 
practices and/or our financial health. Adverse perceptions could damage our reputation in both the customer and funding markets, leading to 
difficulties in generating and maintaining accounts as well as in financing them. Adverse developments with respect to the consumer or other 
external perceptions regarding the practices of our competitors, or our industry as a whole, may also adversely impact our reputation. In addition, 
adverse reputational impacts on third parties with whom we have important relationships may also adversely impact our reputation. Adverse 
impacts on our reputation, or the reputation of our industry, may also result in greater regulatory and/or legislative scrutiny, which may lead to 
laws or regulations that may change or constrain the manner in which the Bank engages with its customers and the products the Bank offers. 
Adverse reputational impacts or events may also increase our litigation risk. We carefully monitor internal and external developments for areas of 
potential reputational risk and have established governance structures to assist in evaluating such risks in our business practices and decisions. 

22 

We could be subject to losses, regulatory action or reputational harm due to fraudulent and negligent acts on the part of loan applicants, our 
employees and vendors. 

In  deciding  whether  to  extend  credit  or  enter  into  other  transactions  with  clients  and  counterparties,  and  the  terms  of  any  such 
transaction,  we  may  rely  on  information  furnished  by  or  on  behalf  of  clients  and  counterparties,  including  financial  statements,  property 
appraisals, title information, employment and income documentation, account information and other financial information. We may also rely on 
representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on 
reports of independent auditors. Any such misrepresentation or incorrect or incomplete information, whether fraudulent or inadvertent, may not 
be detected prior to funding. In addition, one or more of our employees or vendors could cause a significant operational breakdown or failure, 
either as a result of human error or where an individual purposefully sabotages or fraudulently manipulates our loan documentation, operations or 
systems. Whether a misrepresentation is made  by the  applicant or another third party, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the 
misrepresentation. A loan subject to a material misrepresentation is typically unsellable or subject to repurchase if it is sold prior to detection of 
the misrepresentation. The sources of the misrepresentations may also be difficult to locate, and we may be unable to recover any of the monetary 
losses we may suffer as a result of the misrepresentations. Any of these developments could have an adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

We may be subject to increased litigation which could result in legal liability and damage to our reputation. 

We may be named from time to time as a defendant in litigation relating to its business and activities. Litigation may include claims for 
substantial compensatory or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. We are also involved from time to time in other 
reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self- regulatory agencies regarding its business. These 
matters also could result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. 

In addition, in recent years, a number of judicial decisions have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of 
various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has either 
violated a duty, whether implied or contractual, of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the 
borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. 

Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against the Company could materially adversely affect its business, financial 

condition or results of operations, or cause significant harm to our reputation. 

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with our lending activities. 

In the course of our business, we may purchase real estate, or we may foreclose on and take title to real estate. Although we exercise 
prudent due diligence when making loans, we could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable 
to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in 
connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at 
a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner 
of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting  from environmental 
contamination emanating from the property. Any significant environmental liabilities could cause an adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

We are subject to claims and litigation pertaining to intellectual property. 

Banking and other financial services companies, such as ours, rely on technology companies to provide information technology products 
and services necessary to support their day-to-day operations. Technology companies frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of 
patent infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition, patent holding companies seek to monetize patents they have 
purchased or otherwise obtained. Competitors of our vendors, or other individuals or companies, may from time to time claim to hold intellectual 
property sold to us by our vendors. Such claims may increase in the future as the financial services sector becomes more reliant on information 
technology vendors. The plaintiffs in these actions frequently seek injunctions and substantial damages. 

Regardless of the scope or validity of such patents or other intellectual property rights, or the merits of any claims by potential or actual 
litigants, we may have to engage in protracted litigation. Such litigation is often expensive, time-consuming, disruptive to our operations and 
distracting  to  management.  If  we  are  found  to  infringe  one  or  more  patents  or  other  intellectual  property  rights,  we  may  be  required  to  pay 
substantial damages or royalties to a third party. In certain cases, we may consider entering into licensing agreements for disputed intellectual 
property, although no assurance can be given that such licenses can be obtained on acceptable terms or that litigation will not occur. These 
licenses may also significantly increase our operating expenses. If legal matters related to intellectual property claims were resolved against us or 
settled, we could be required to make payments in amounts that could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

23 

If we do not adjust to rapid changes in the financial services industry, our financial performance may suffer. 

We face substantial competition for customer relationships, as well as other sources of funding in the communities it serves. Competing 
providers  include  other  banks,  savings  institutions  and  trust  companies,  insurance  companies,  mortgage  banking  operations,  credit  unions, 
finance companies, title companies, money market funds and other financial and nonfinancial companies which may offer products functionally 
equivalent to those offered by the Bank. Many competing providers have greater financial resources than we do and offer services within and 
outside  the  market  areas  we  serve.  In  addition  to  this  challenge  of  attracting  and  retaining  customers  for  traditional  banking  services,  our 
competitors include securities dealers, brokers, mortgage bankers, investment advisors and finance and insurance companies who seek to offer 
one-stop financial services to their customers that may include services that financial institutions have not been able or allowed to offer to their 
customers in the past. The increasingly competitive environment is primarily a result of changes in regulation, changes in technology and product 
delivery  systems  and  the  accelerating  pace  of  consolidation  among  financial  service  providers.  If  we  are  unable  to  adjust  both  to  increased 
competition for traditional banking services and changing customer needs and preferences, our financial performance and your investment in our 
common stock could be adversely affected. 

Our reported financial results depend on management’s selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates. 

Our  accounting  policies  and  assumptions  are  fundamental to  the  Company’s  reported  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations. 
Management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so that they comply with generally 
accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report our financial condition and results. 
In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable 
under  the  circumstances,  yet  may  result  in  the  Company’s  reporting  materially  different  results  than  would  have  been  reported  under  an 
alternative method. 

We  are  an  emerging  growth  company,  and  any  decision  on  our  part  to  comply  only  with  certain  reduced  reporting  and  disclosure 
requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors. 

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take 
advantage  of  exemptions  from  various  reporting  requirements  applicable  to  other  public  companies  but  not  to  emerging  growth  companies, 
including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and 
exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of  any golden 
parachute payments not previously approved. As an emerging growth company, we also will not be subject to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes 
Oxley  Act of 2002,  which  would require  that  our  independent  auditors review  and  attest  as  to  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting.  In  this  Form  10-K  we  have  elected  to  take  advantage  of  the  reduced  disclosure  requirements  relating  to  executive 
compensation, and in the future we may take advantage of any or all of these exemptions for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. 
In addition to the relief described above, the JOBS Act permits us an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting 
standards affecting public companies. We have elected not to take advantage of this extended transition period, which means that the financial 
statements  included  in  this  Form  10-K,  as  well  as  any  financial  statements  that  we  file  in  the  future,  will  be  subject  to  all  new  or  revised 
accounting standards generally applicable to public companies. 

We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of:    (i)  the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.07 
billion or more;  (ii)  the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt 
securities; or  (iii)  the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the 
end of the second quarter of that fiscal year, or five years after completing our initial public offering. Investors may find our common stock less 
attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce 
future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile. 

The obligations associated with being a public company require significant resources and management attention. 

As a public company, we face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we have not previously 
incurred, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, 
which  requires  that  we  file  annual,  quarterly  and  current  reports  with  respect  to  our  business  and  financial  condition  and  proxy  and  other 
information statements, and the applicable rules and regulations implemented by the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the 
PCAOB and the Nasdaq Stock Market, each of which imposes additional reporting and other obligations on public companies.   

As a public company, we are required to: 

•

•

•

•

prepare  and distribute periodic reports, proxy statements and other shareholder communications in compliance with the federal
securities laws and rules;

expand the roles and duties of our board of directors and committees thereof;

institute more comprehensive financial reporting and disclosure compliance procedures;

involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the activities listed above;

24 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

enhance our investor relations function; 

establish new internal policies, including those relating to trading in our securities and disclosure controls and procedures; 

retain additional personnel; 

comply with Nasdaq Stock Market listing standards; and 

comply with applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. 

We  expect  these  rules  and  regulations  and  changes  in  laws,  regulations  and  standards  relating  to  corporate  governance  and  public 
disclosure, which have created uncertainty for public companies, to increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more 
time  consuming  and  costly. These  laws,  regulations  and  standards  are  subject  to  varying  interpretations,  in  many  cases  due  to  their  lack  of 
specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. 
This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and 
governance practices. Our investment in compliance with existing and evolving regulatory requirements will result in increased administrative 
expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities, which could have an 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. These increased costs could require us to divert a significant amount 
of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives. 

Uncertainty about the future of the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) may adversely affect our business. 

In 2017, the Chief Executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to 
halt persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. As a result, LIBOR, as currently operated, may not 
continue after 2021. It is impossible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide LIBOR submissions to the administrator 
of LIBOR or whether any additional reforms to LIBOR may be enacted in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. At this time, little consensus exists 
as to what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR. One leading alternative rate, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) 
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, is not directly comparable to LIBOR and cannot easily or simply be substituted for it in 
outstanding instruments. Key differences between the two are: SOFR is based on secured lending, while LIBOR is not; and SOFR is limited to 
overnight lending, while LIBOR encompasses serval short-term maturity periods. It is impossible to predict the effect of any alternatives on the 
value of LIBOR-based securities and variable rate loans. Our primary exposures to LIBOR are in interest rate loan swaps on commercial loans 
and subordinated debt. The lack of a leading alternative to LIBOR means that LIBOR continues to be used in many new instruments. In addition, 
it is not known how a transition away from LIBOR, or to a new version of LIBOR, will impact our ability to use hedge accounting after 2021. 

Certain instruments issued by us, including our outstanding subordinated debt, have floating terms based on LIBOR. 

As mentioned above, it is not known whether LIBOR will continue after 2021 in a legally workable form. There is a risk that an adverse 
outcome of the LIBOR transition after 2021 could increase our interest and other costs relative to our outstanding subordinated debt. We may not 
be  able  to  refinance  those  instruments  on  terms  that  reduce  those  costs  to  the  level  we  would  have  expected  if  LIBOR  were  to  continue 
indefinitely, unchanged. A transition from LIBOR could impact or change our hedge accounting practices. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2. Properties 

As of December 31, 2019, the net book value of our office properties was $9.5 million, and the net book value of our furniture, fixtures 

and equipment was $1.3 million. The following table sets forth information regarding our offices. 

Location 

Headquarters: 

10089 Fairfax Blvd. 
Fairfax, VA 22030 

Other Properties: 
Herndon Branch 
722 Elden Street 
Herndon, VA 20170 

Fairfax Branch 
4029 Chain Bridge Road 
Fairfax, VA 22030 

McLean Branch 
1354 Old Chain Bridge Road 
McLean, VA 22101 

Clarendon Branch 
1000 N. Highland Street 
Arlington, VA 22201 

Leesburg Branch 
307 E. Market Street 
Leesburg, VA 20176 

Washington D.C. Branch 
1130 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. 
Washington , D.C. 20036 

Leased or 
Owned 

    Year Acquired     
or Leased 

    Net Book Value    
of Real 
Property 
    (In thousands)     

   Owned 

   2010 

      $ 

5,434    

   Leased 

   2004 

   Leased 

   2006 

—    

—    

   Owned 

   2014 

1,301    

   Owned 

   2009 

598    

   Owned 

   2017 

2,160    

   Leased 

   2019 

—    

We believe that current facilities are adequate to meet our present and foreseeable needs, subject to possible future expansion.    See Note 

7 of Notes to the December 31, 2019, Consolidated Financial Statements, for additional disclosures related to the Company’s properties. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

At December 31, 2019, the Company was not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring 
in the ordinary course of business which involve amounts in the aggregate believed by management to be immaterial to the financial condition 
and operating results of the Company. In addition, no material proceedings are pending or known to be threatened or contemplated against the 
Company or its subsidiary by governmental authorities. 

Item 4 . Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not Applicable 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market Information 

As of April 22, 2019, our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, under the symbol “MNSB.”   

26 

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
         
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
         
      
   
      
   
         
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
         
     
 
 
 
 
 
In order to list our stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in 

our common stock. We cannot assure you that an active trading market will continue for the common stock. 

The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within 
our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be 
limited. In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our directors and executive 
officers, is likely to be quite limited. As a result, it is unlikely that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or that, if  it 
develops, it will continue. Under such circumstances, shareholders could have difficulty selling their shares of common stock on short notice, and, 
therefore, shareholders should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. 

Holders 

At December 31, 2019 the Company had approximately 280 known shareholders of record. 

Dividends 

To date, we have not paid a cash dividend on our common stock. Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive dividends 
when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for dividends. As the Company is a bank holding company and 
does not engage directly in business activities of a material nature, its ability to pay dividends on our common stock will depend, in large part, 
upon the receipt of dividends from the Bank. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made by the Board of Directors and 
will depend on a number of factors, including general and economic conditions, industry standards, our financial condition and operating results, 
our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, our ability to service debt obligations senior to our common stock, 
banking  regulations,  contractual,  legal,  tax  and  regulatory  restrictions,  and  limitations  on  the  payment  of  dividends  by  the  Company  to  its 
shareholders or by the Bank, and such other factors as the Board of Directors may deem relevant. 

A discussion of applicable regulatory restrictions on dividends by the Company and the Bank is provided in Item 1 (“Business”) under 

“Supervision, Regulation and Other Factors – Payment of Dividends.”   

Securities Authorized For Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

The following table provides information concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, the weighted 

average price of such securities and the number of securities remaining available for future issuance, as of December 31, 2019.     

Equity Compensation Plan Category 
Plans approved by shareholders 
Plans not approved by shareholders 

Total 

Number of 
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights (3)

Weighted- 
average
exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights (1)

Number of
securities
remaining and
available for
future
issuance (2)

160,961   $ 
—  
160,961  

 $ 

—  
—  
—  

640,000  
—  
640,000  

(1) Restricted stock shares were not included when calculating the weighted-average exercise price.
(2) Remaining shares available for issuance include 640,000 shares under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (“2019 Plan”). Shares remaining to be
issued subsequent to December 31, 2019 under the 2019 Plan can be issued either as a restricted stock grant or upon exercise of stock options.

Unregistered Sales and Issuer Repurchases of Common Stock 

Set forth below is information concerning sales of common stock by the Company during the past 3 years that were not registered under 

the Securities Act. 

At the 2016 Annual Meeting, the shareholders of the Bank approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and a related Plan of 
Share Exchange between the Bank and the Company pursuant to which the Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and each 
outstanding  share  of  the  Bank’s  common  stock  was  automatically  exchanged  for  one  share  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  Upon 
consummation of the share exchange, the Company had no significant assets other than securities of the Bank. The Bank’s shareholders received, 
after the reorganization, the same proportional share interests in the Company as they held in the Bank. The rights and interests of shareholders in 
the Company are substantially the same as those of shareholder previously in the Bank. Upon completion of the reorganization, the Company had 
substantially  the  same  assets  and  liabilities,  on  a  consolidated  basis,  as  the  Bank  had  prior  to  the  transaction.  The  effective  date  of  the 
reorganization was July 15, 2016. The Company relied upon the exemption from registration under Section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Act. No 
commissions were paid in connection with the reorganization.   

27 

On December 30, 2016, the Company issued and sold $14,300,000 in aggregate principal amount of fixed-to-floating rate subordinated 
notes in a private placement transaction to accredited investors. An additional $700,000 of similar subordinated notes were issued in the first 
quarter of 2017. The Company relied upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation 
D promulgated thereunder. Sales commissions of $198,250 were paid to FIG Partners, LLC, the sole placement agent. See Note 23 of Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

On October 24, 2017, the Company issued and sold 1,150,000 shares of common stock at $16.00 per share, for a total of $18,400,000, to 
accredited investors. The Company relied upon the  exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of 
Regulation D promulgated thereunder. Sales commissions of $287,360 were paid to FinPro Capital Advisors, Inc., the sole placement agent.   

On August 24, 2018, the Company issued and sold 2,368,421 shares of common stock at $19.00 per share, for a total of $49,999,999, to 
accredited investors. The Company relied upon the  exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of 
Regulation D promulgated thereunder. Sales commissions of $1,899,212 were paid to FIG Partners, LLC, the sole placement agent. See Note 22 
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In 2016, the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Bank’s shareholders approved the MainStreet Bank 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the 
“2016 Plan”), to provide officers, other selected employees and directors with additional incentives to promote growth and performance. The 
terms and conditions of the 2016 Plan were subsequently converted into and deemed to be the terms and conditions of a substantially identical 
Company incentive compensation plan. A total of 204,971 shares of restricted common stock were awarded under the 2016 Plan, of which 98,506 
shares have vested. The Bank relied on the exemption from registration under Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The Company relied upon the 
exemption from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. See Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.   

In 2019, the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Bank’s shareholders approved the MainStreet Bank 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the 
“2019 Plan”), to provide officers, other selected employees and directors with additional incentives to promote growth and performance. The 
terms and conditions of the 2019 Plan were subsequently converted into and deemed to be the terms and conditions of a substantially identical 
Company incentive compensation plan. To date, a total of 10,000 shares of restricted common stock have been awarded under the 2019 Plan, of 
which awards for no shares have vested. See Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. In August 2019, the Company registered 
with the SEC, on Form S-8, the shares of common stock that would then be issuable under the 2019 Plan. As a result of the stockholders’ approval 
of the 2019 Plan, no additional awards have been or will be made under the Bank’s 2016 Plan, although all awards that were outstanding under the 
2016 Plan as of July 17, 2019 remained outstanding in accordance with their terms.     

On September 18, 2019, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a common stock repurchase program to repurchase up to 
$10.0 million of the Company’s common stock at the discretion of management. The Company did not repurchase any of its shares during the 
year ended December 31, 2019. 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

Selected Financial Data 

The  following  table  sets  forth  summarized  historical  consolidated  financial  information  for  each  of  the  periods  indicated.  This 
information should be read together with Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations below and 
with the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K. The historical information indicated as of and for the years 
ended  December 31,  2019  and  2018,  has  been  derived  from  the  Company's  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  years  ended 
December 31,  2019  and  2018.  Historical  results  set  forth  below  and  elsewhere  in  this  Form  10-K  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  future 
performance. 

Selected Financial Condition Data: 
Total assets 
Total cash and cash equivalents 
Total investment securities 
Loans receivable, net 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Premises and equipment, net 
Total deposits 
FHLB advances and other borrowings 
Subordinated debt 
Total stockholders’ equity 

2019 

At December 31, 

2018 
(In thousands) 

2017 

 $ 1,277,358    $ 1,100,613  
58,076  
82,157  
917,125  
14,064  
14,222  
920,137  
40,000  
14,776  
121,251  

64,844  
116,705  
1,030,425  
24,562  
14,153  
1,071,623  
40,000  
14,805  
137,034  

 $  807,951  
37,493  
78,831  
654,339  
13,637  
13,965  
667,655  
53,780  
14,748  
68,801  

28 

2019 

For the year ended December 31, 
2018 
(In thousands) 

2017 

Selected Operating Data: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Total non-interest income 
Total non-interest expenses 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 

Net income 

Basic and diluted net income per common share (1) 

 $ 

58,813    $ 
19,377  

 $ 

43,835  
12,666  

26,954  
5,472  

39,436  
1,618  

37,818  
4,862  
25,376  

17,304  
3,354  

31,169  
3,126  

28,043  
3,239  
19,979  

11,303  
2,094  

21,482  
1,885  

19,597  
2,278  
15,658  

6,217  
2,335  

 $ 

 $ 

13,950    $ 

9,209  

 $ 

3,882  

1.69    $ 

1.38  

 $ 

0.81  

(1) Per share amounts reflect the effect of a 5% stock dividend paid on April 30, 2018.

At or For the Years Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

Performance Ratios: 
Return on average assets 
Return on average equity 
Interest rate spread 
Net interest margin 
Efficiency ratio 
Non-interest expense to average assets 
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing 

  liabilities 

1.19 % 
10.79 % 
2.88 % 
3.50 % 
57.28 % 
2.16 % 

0.97 %  
10.38 %  
2.94 %  
3.41 %  
58.07 %  
2.11 %  

0.60 % 
7.45 % 
3.18 % 
3.48 % 
65.90 % 
2.43 % 

136.14 % 

134.55 %  

134.81 % 

Capital Ratios (Bank) 
Common equity tier 1(CET1) capital to risk-weighted 

  assets 

Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets 
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 
Tier 1 capital to average assets 
Average equity to average assets 

Asset Quality Ratios 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing 

  assets 

Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the 

  period 

Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans 
Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets 

Other Data: 
Number of offices 
Number of full-time equivalent employees 

12.68 % 
13.50 % 
12.68 % 
12.12 % 
11.02 % 

12.90 %  
13.75 %  
12.90 %  
12.41 %  
9.35 %  

10.65 % 
11.43 % 
10.65 % 
10.42 % 
8.08 % 

0.92 % 

0.95 %  

0.86 % 

7.94  

4.53  

2.81  

0.09 % 
0.00 % 
0.09 % 

0.00 %  
0.21 %  
0.18 %  

0.03 % 
0.31 % 
0.25 % 

7  
126  

6  
110  

5  
96  

29 

Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The purpose of this discussion is to focus on significant changes in the financial condition and results of operations of the Company 
during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019  and  2018.  The  following  discussion  supplements  and  provides  information  about  the  major 
components of the results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and capital resources of the Corporation. This discussion and analysis 
should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements and information relating to the Company within the 
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that are based on the beliefs of management as well as assumptions made by and 
information  currently  available  to  management.  Forward-looking  statements  can  be  identified  by  the  fact  that  they  do  not  relate  strictly  to 
historical or current facts. They often include words like “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” and “intend” or future or conditional verbs 
such as “will,” “should,” “could,” or “may” and similar expressions or the negative thereof. Important factors that could cause actual results to 
differ materially from those in the forward–looking statements included herein include, but are not limited to: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market area, that are worse than expected;

competition among depository and other financial institutions, particularly intensified competition for deposits;

inflation and an interest rate environment that may reduce our margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;

adverse changes in the securities markets;

changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory structure
and in regulatory fees and capital requirements;

our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities;

changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

changes in accounting policies and practices;

changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans;

our ability to attract and retain key employees;

changes in our financial condition or results of operations that reduce capital;

changes in the financial condition or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own;

the concentration of our business in the Northern Virginia as well as the greater Washington, DC metropolitan area and the effect
of changes in the economic, political and environmental conditions on this market;

adequacy of our allowance for loan losses;

deterioration of our asset quality;

cyber threats, attacks or events

reliance on third parties for key services

future performance of our loan portfolio with respect to recently originated loans;

additional risks related to new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services;

results  of  examination  of  us  by  our  regulators,  including  the  possibility  that  our  regulators  may  require  us  to  increase  our
allowance for loan losses or to write-down assets or take other supervisory action;

the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and our ability to remediate any future material weakness in our
internal controls over financial reporting;

liquidity, interest rate and operational risks associated with our business; and

implications of our status as a smaller reporting company and as an emerging growth company

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary 
materially from those described herein. We caution readers not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The Company disclaims 
any obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K to reflect future events or developments. The 
discussion of the critical accounting policies and analysis set forth below is intended to supplement and highlight information contained in the 
accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and the selected financial data presented elsewhere in this Form 10-K. 

30 

Critical Accounting Policies 

The  accounting and financial reporting policies of the Company  conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the  United 
States  of  America  and  to  general  practices  within  the  banking  industry.  Accordingly,  the  financial  statements  require  certain  estimates, 
judgments, and assumptions, which are believed to be reasonable, based upon the information available. These estimates and assumptions affect 
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the 
periods presented. Critical accounting policies comprise those that management believes are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and 
evaluating our reported financial results. These policies require numerous estimates or economic assumptions that may prove inaccurate or may 
be subject to variations which may significantly affect our reported results and financial condition for the current period or in future periods. 

The accounting principles followed by the Company and the methods of applying these principles conform with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America and with general practices within the banking industry. The Company’s critical accounting 
policies relate to (1) the allowance for loan losses, (2) fair value of financial instruments, (3) income taxes, (4) derivative financial instruments, 
and (5) other real estate owned. These critical accounting policies require the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments which are based on 
information available as of the date of the financial statements. Accordingly, as this information changes, future financial statements could reflect 
the use of different estimates, assumptions and judgments. Certain determinations inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, 
assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. 

Allowance for Loan Losses:    Management’s policy is to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level sufficient to absorb estimated 
probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Management performs periodic and systematic detailed reviews of its  loan portfolio to 
identify  trends  and  to  assess  the  overall  collectability  of  the  loan  portfolio.  Accounting standards  require  that  loan  losses  be  recorded  when 
management determines it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. 

The allowance consists of a specific component and a general component.    The specific component relates to loans that are classified as 
impaired, and is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the 
carrying value of that loan.    For impaired collateral dependent loans, an updated appraisal will typically be ordered if a current one is not on file. 
Appraisals are performed by independent third-party appraisers with relevant industry experience. Adjustments to the appraised value may be 
made based on recent sales of like properties or general market conditions when appropriate.    The general component covers non-classified or 
performing  loans  and  those  loans  classified  as  substandard  or  special  mention  that  are  not  impaired.    The  general  component  is  based  on 
historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors, such as current economic conditions, including current home sales  and foreclosures, 
unemployment  rates  and  retail  sales.    Non-impaired  classified  loans  are  assigned  a  higher  allowance  factor  based  on  an  internal  migration 
analysis, which increases with the severity of classification, than non-classified loans.     

Estimates for the allowance for loan losses are determined by analyzing historical losses, historical migration to charge-off experience, 
current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, the results of regulatory examinations and changes in the size, composition and risk assessment of 
the loan portfolio. Also included in management’s estimate for the allowance for loan losses are considerations with respect to the impact of 
current economic events. These events may include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in overall interest rates, political  conditions, legislation 
that may directly or indirectly affect the banking industry and economic conditions affecting specific geographical areas and industries in which 
the Company conducts business. 

While management uses the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for 
loan losses and methodology may be necessary if economic or other conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the 
estimates. Such adjustments to original estimates, as necessary, are made in the period in which these factors and other relevant considerations 
indicate that loss levels vary from previous estimates. A detailed discussion of the methodology used in determining the allowance for loan losses 
is included in Note 1, Basis of Presentation, in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value 
recorded either in earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These include investment securities available for sale and interest 
rate loan swaps on qualifying commercial loans. Periodically, the estimation of fair value also affects investment securities held to maturity when 
it is determined that an impairment write-down is other than temporary. Fair value determination is also relevant for certain other assets such as 
other real estate owned, which is recorded at the lower of the recorded balance or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. The determination of fair 
value also impacts certain other assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates, including impaired loans. 

Fair value is generally based upon quoted market prices, when available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is 
based upon internally developed models that primarily use observable market-based parameters as inputs. Valuation adjustments may be made to 
ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the 
Company’s  creditworthiness,  among  other  things,  as  well  as  other  unobservable  parameters.  Any  such  valuation  adjustments  are  applied 
consistently over time. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market 
participants,  the  use  of  different  methodologies  or  assumptions  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  certain  financial  instruments  could  result  in  a 
different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. 

31 

See Note 19, Fair Value Presentation, in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a detailed discussion of determining fair value, 

including pricing validation processes. 

Income Taxes: The Company’s income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and reserves for unrecognized tax benefits reflect 
management’s best assessment of estimated taxes due. The calculation of each component of the Company’s income tax provision is complex and 
requires the use of estimates and judgments in its determination. As part of the Company’s evaluation and implementation of business strategies, 
consideration is given to the regulations and tax laws that apply to the specific facts and circumstances for any tax positions under evaluation. 
Management  closely  monitors  tax  developments  on  both  the  federal  and  state  level  in  order  to  evaluate  the  effect  they  may  have  on  the 
Company’s  overall  tax  position  and  the  estimates  and  judgments  used  in  determining  the  income  tax  provision  and  records  adjustments  as 
necessary. 

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expenses. In 
evaluating the Company’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company must consider all 
available  evidence,  including scheduled  reversals  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  projected  future  taxable  income,  tax planning  strategies  and  the 
results of recent operations. A valuation allowance is recognized for a deferred tax asset if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than 
not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. See Note 10, Income Taxes, in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
for additional information. 

Derivative  Financial  Instruments: The  Bank  recognizes  derivative  financial  instruments  at  fair  value  as  either  other  assets  or  other 
liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet.  The  Bank’s  derivative  financial  instruments  include  interest  rate  swaps  with  certain  qualifying 
commercial  loan customers and dealer counterparties. Because  the  interest rate  swaps  with loan customers and dealer counterparties are not 
designated as hedging instruments, adjustments to reflect unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value of these instruments are 
reported  as  noninterest  income  or  noninterest  expense,  as  applicable.  The  Bank’s  interest  rate  swaps  with  loan  customers  and  dealer 
counterparties are described more fully in Note 18 in the December 31, 2019, Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less 
estimated costs to sell at the date of foreclosure. Subsequent to foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations of the foreclosed assets 
based on updated appraisals, general market conditions, recent sales of similar properties, length of time the properties have been held, and our 
ability and intention with regard to continued ownership of the properties. The Company may incur additional write-downs of foreclosed assets to 
fair value less estimated costs to sell if valuations indicate a further deterioration in market conditions. 

Analysis of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 

Net Income 

The following table sets forth the principal components of net income for the periods indicated. 

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

Net interest income after provision 

Non-interest income 
Non-interest expense 

Net income before income taxes 

Income tax expense 
Net income 

2019 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2018 
(In thousands) 

% Change 

  $ 

  $ 

58,813  
19,377  
39,436  
1,618  
37,818  
4,862  
25,376  
17,304  
3,354  
13,950  

  $ 

  $ 

43,835  
12,666  
31,169  
3,126  
28,043  
3,239  
19,979  
11,303  
2,094  
9,209  

34.17 % 
52.98 % 
26.52 % 
-48.24 % 
34.86 % 
50.11 % 
27.01 % 
53.09 % 
60.17 % 
51.48 % 

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2019, was $14.0 million, an increase of $4.7 million, or 51.48% compared to $9.2 million 
earned during the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in net income was due to $8.3 million of additional net interest income, primarily 
driven by increased loan production and an increase in net interest margin of 9 basis points. The increase in non-interest expenses was due to a 
$3.9 million increase in salaries and employee benefits as a result of additional employee growth during the year ended. 

32 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 

Net  interest  income  is  the  principal  component of  the  Company’s  income  stream  and  represents  the  difference,  or  spread,  between 
interest and fee income generated from earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Net interest margin, stated as 
a percentage, is the yield obtained by dividing the difference between interest income generated on earning assets and the interest expense paid on 
all funding sources by average  earning assets. Fluctuations in interest rates as  well as  changes in the  volume and mix of earning assets and 
interest-bearing liabilities can impact net interest income and net interest margin.   

Net interest income before provision for loan losses totaled $39.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $31.2 
million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in net interest income was driven by a significant increase in loan production during 
the year, in addition to our net interest margin increasing 9 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

The net interest margin was 3.50% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 3.41% for the year ended December 31, 2018. 
The increase in net interest margin primarily resulted from an increase in average rates earned on our loan portfolio and investment in higher 
yielding securities. This increase was offset by increasing rates on our cost of funds, primarily in wholesale deposits and other borrowings. 

The yield for the year ended December 31, 2019 for the loan portfolio was 5.61% compared to 5.19% for the year ended December 31, 
2018. The increase primarily reflects the maturity of lower yielding loans and higher yields on new loans based on higher interest rates in the first 
half of the year. However, the Federal Reserve made three separate quarter point rate adjustments decreasing its benchmark interest rate, which 
offset the higher yields obtained on new loans. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the yield on the total investment securities portfolio was 3.09% compared to 2.66% for the year 
ended December 31, 2018. The increase of 43 basis points was primarily due to  higher yields on investment securities purchased during the 
period. 

The rate paid on interest bearing deposits increased to 2.25% during the year ended December 31, 2019, from 1.75% during the year 
ended December 31, 2018. This increase was a result of higher rates paid on brokered deposits and wholesale funding needed to fund the loan 
growth experienced during the year. 

The rate paid on FHLB borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2019 was 2.59% compared to 1.96% for the corresponding period 

in 2018. This increase was primarily due to rising interest rates for these types of borrowings. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  major  components  of  net  interest  income  and  the  related  yields  and  rates  for  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. 

33 

Average Balances, Net Interest Income, Yields Earned and Rates Paid 

The  following table shows for the  periods indicated the total dollar amount of interest from average interest-earning assets and the 
resulting yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates, and the net interest 
margin. All average balances are based on daily balances. 

Average 
Balance 

2019 
Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

For the Year Ended December 31, 

Yield/ 
Cost   
(Dollars in thousands) 

Average 
Balance 

2018 
Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

Yield/ 
Cost   

   $ 

984,014        $ 
71,149           

55,208          
2,202          

5.61 %    $ 
3.09 %       

795,130        $ 
55,219           

41,270          
1,470          

1,403          
58,813          

1.93 %    $ 
5.21 %       

Interest-earning assets: 
Loans (1) 
Investment securities 
Federal funds and interest-bearing 
      deposits 

Total interest-earning assets 

Non-interest-earning assets 

Total assets 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 
Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Money market deposits 
Savings and NOW deposits 
Time deposits 

Total interest-bearing deposits 

   $ 

Federal funds purchased 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Subordinated debt 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

   $ 

Non-interest-bearing liabilities: 
Demand deposits and other liabilities 

Total liabilities 
Stockholders’ Equity 

Total liabilities and Stockholders’ 
      equity 

Net interest income 
Interest rate spread (2) 
Net interest-earning assets (3) 
Net interest margin (4) 
Average interest-earning assets to 
      average interest-bearing liabilities 

72,643           
   $  1,127,806        $ 
45,282           
   $  1,173,088           

   $ 

56,675        $ 
129,606           
62,047           
544,084           
792,412        $ 
37           
21,162           
14,791           
828,402        $ 

998          
2,379          
289          
14,196          
17,862          
1          
548          
966          
19,377          

215,405           
   $  1,043,807           
129,281           

   $  1,173,088           
          $ 

39,436          

   $ 

299,404           

1,095          
43,835          

900          
1,708          
251          
8,065          
10,924          
12          
764          
966          
12,666          

31,169          

63,536           
913,885        $ 
35,159           
949,044           

57,357        $ 
115,846           
50,509           
401,259           
624,971        $ 
463           
39,042           
14,762           
679,238        $ 

181,098           
860,336           
88,708           

949,044           
          $ 

234,647           

          $ 

1.76 %    $ 
1.84 %       
0.47 %       
2.61 %       
2.25 %    $ 
2.70 %       
2.59 %       
6.53 %       
2.34 %    $ 

          $ 

          $ 

2.88 %       
          $ 
3.50 %       

5.19 % 
2.66 % 

1.72 % 
4.80 % 

1.57 % 
1.47 % 
0.50 % 
2.01 % 
1.75 % 
2.59 % 
1.96 % 
6.54 % 
1.86 % 

2.94 % 

3.41 % 

136.14 %       

134.55 %       

(1)  Includes loans classified as non-accrual   
(2)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on average interest–earning assets and the average cost of average interest-bearing 

liabilities.   

(3)  Net interest earning assets represent total average interest–earning assets less total interest–bearing liabilities. 
(4)  Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by total average interest-earning assets. 

34 

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
       
   
   
   
       
      
       
       
      
   
   
   
   
      
             
            
             
             
            
      
      
      
      
            
             
            
      
            
            
      
      
             
            
             
             
            
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
             
            
             
             
            
      
      
            
             
            
      
            
            
      
      
            
             
            
      
            
            
      
      
             
      
      
             
            
             
            
            
            
      
      
             
            
             
            
      
            
             
            
     
 
 
Rate/ Volume Analysis 

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column 
shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to 
changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of  the prior columns. For purposes of this 
table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to 
rate and the changes due to volume. 

For the Twelve Months Ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018 

Volume 

Increase (Decrease) Due to 
Rate 
(In thousands) 

Total Increase 
(Decrease) 

Interest-earning assets: 
Loans 
Investment securities 
Federal funds and interest-bearing deposits 

Total interest-bearing assets 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 
Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Money market deposit accounts 
Savings and NOW deposits 
Time deposits 

Total deposits 

Federal funds purchased 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Subordinated debt 

Total interest-bearing liaibilties 

Change in net interest income 

Provision for Loan Losses 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

10,396  
470  
167  
11,033  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(11 )    $ 
215  
54  
3,334  
3,592  
(12 ) 
(416 ) 
1  
3,165  
7,868  

  $ 

3,542  
262  
141  
3,945  

109  
456  
(16 ) 
2,797  
3,346  
1  
200  
(1 ) 
3,546  
399  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

13,938  
732  
308  
14,978  

98  
671  
38  
6,131  
6,938  
(11 ) 
(216 ) 
-  
6,711  
8,267  

We establish a provision for loan losses, which is charged to operations, in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level we 
consider necessary to absorb credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimated at the balance sheet date. 
In determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, we consider past and current loss experience, evaluations of real estate collateral, current 
economic  conditions,  volume  and  type  of  lending,  adverse  situations  that  may  affect  a  borrower’s  ability  to  repay  a  loan  and  the  levels  of 
non-performing loans. The amount of the allowance is based on estimates, and actual losses may vary from such estimates as more information 
becomes available or economic conditions change. 

This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as circumstances change as 
more information becomes available. The allowance for loan losses is assessed on a monthly basis and provisions are made for  loan losses as 
required in order to maintain the allowance. 

The provision for loan losses decreased to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $3.1 million for the year ended 
December 31,  2018.  The  reduction  is  primarily  due  to  a  reduction  in  loan  originations  which  totalled  $396.2 million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2018 compared to loan originations of $230.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Non-performing loans decreased 
$1.9 million, or 100% from $1.9 million at December 31, 2018 to $0 as of December 31, 2019, as a result of the Bank foreclosing on its only 
non-performing loan. The foreclosed loan had a specific reserve of $733,000 that was charged to the allowance for loans losses upon foreclosure. 
During the year ended December 31, 2019, substandard loans increased $2.9 million for a balance of $3.3 million; however, much of the balance 
was isolated to one relationship. Management believes there is a very nominal risk of loss on this relationship and the grading is only cautionary 
due  to  temporary  conditions.  The  entire  relationship  did  not  meet  the  definition  of  impaired  at  December 31,  2019.  During  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2019, there were $929,000 in charge-offs and recoveries of $64,000 were received. During the year ended December 31, 2018, 
there were charge-offs recorded and recoveries received of $44,000 each. 

35 

Non-Interest Income 

Our primary sources of non-interest income are service charges on deposit accounts, such as interchange fees and statement fees, income 
earned on bank owned life insurance, fees earned from executing interest rate swaps on commercial loans, and gains realized on the sale of the 
guaranteed portion of Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans.   

The following table presents, for the period indicated, the major categories of non-interest income: 

Non-interest income 

Deposit account service charges 
Bank owned life insurance income 
Loan swap fee income 
Net gain on available-for-sale securities 
Net gain on sale of loans 
Other fee income 

Total non-interest income 

2019 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2018 
(In thousands) 

% Change 

  $ 

  $ 

1,668  
498  
989  
5  
566  
1,136  
4,862  

 $ 

 $ 

1,103  
427  
713  
—  
—  
996  
3,239  

51.22 % 
16.63 % 
38.71 % 
100.00 % 
100.00 % 
14.06 % 
50.11 % 

Non-interest income increased $1.6 million, or 50.1%, to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $3.2 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in non-interest income was primarily due to an increase in service fees on our merchant service 
business accounts, additional processing fees and gains realized on sale of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans for the year ended December 31, 
2019. The Bank has focused on expanding these areas and expects similar opportunities throughout 2020. Deposit account service fees increased 
$565,000 to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily as a result of 
an increased customer deposit portfolio and fee structure. Bank owned life insurance income increased $71,000 for the year ended December 31, 
2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 due to additional policies purchased during the year. Fees earned on interest rate swaps for 
commercial  loans  increased  $276,000,  or  38.7%,  to  $989,000  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019  from  $713,000  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2018. 

Non-Interest Expense 

Generally, non-interest expense is composed of all employee expenses and costs associated with operating our facilities, obtaining and 
retaining customer relationships and providing bank services. The largest component of non-interest expense is salaries and employee benefits. 
Non-interest expense also includes operational expenses, such as occupancy and equipment expenses, professional fees, advertising expenses and 
other  general  and  administrative  expenses,  including  FDIC  assessments,  communications,  travel,  meals,  training,  supplies  and  postage.  The 
following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of non-interest expense:   

Non-interest expense 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expenses 
Furniture and equipment expenses 
Advertising and marketing 
Outside services 
Administrative expenses 
Franchise tax 
FDIC insurance 
Data processing 
Other operating expenses 

Total non-interest expense 

2019 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2018 
(In thousands) 

% Change 

  $ 

  $ 

15,776  
864  
1,728  
906  
863  
731  
1,229  
680  
995  
1,604  
25,376  

 $ 

 $ 

11,845  
736  
1,859  
614  
838  
576  
685  
733  
811  
1,282  
19,979  

33.19 % 
17.39 % 
-7.05 % 
47.56 % 
2.98 % 
26.91 % 
79.42 % 
-7.23 % 
22.69 % 
25.12 % 
27.01 % 

36 

Non-interest expense increased $5.4 million or 27.0% to $25.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $20.0 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2018 primarily as a result of increases in salary and employee benefits of $3.9 million, franchise tax of $544,000 and 
other operating expenses  of $322,000. Salaries and employee benefits expense  increased by $3.9 million to $15.8 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2019 from $11.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily as a result of adding sixteen employees and the increases 
in  additional health  insurance  premium  expense  for  these additional  employees.  Other operating  expenses  increased  $322,000,  or  25.1%,  to 
$1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due to increases in professional and 
consulting fees and fees related to investments in technology infrastructure. Franchise tax increased approximately $544,000 to $1.2 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2019 from $685,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018 as a result of the increase in the Company’s capital as of 
December 31, 2019 compared to the balance sheet as of December 31, 2018. 

Income Tax Expense   

Income tax expense increased $1.3 million, or 60.2%, to $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $2.1 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in federal income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the same period 
a  year  ago  was  driven  by  the  increase  in  income  before  income  taxes  of  $6.0 million,  or  53.1%,  to $17.3  million  as of  December 31,  2019 
compared to $11.3 million for the same period in the prior year. As a result of recent tax regulation, the Company has included assessments in 
income tax expense for state tax liabilities during 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Bank had an effective federal tax rate of 
19.4%, compared to effective federal tax rate of 18.5% for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

Comparison of Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2019 and at December 31, 2018 

Total Assets 

Total  assets  increased  $176.7 million,  or  16.1%,  to  $1.3 billion  at  December 31,  2019  from  $1.1 billion  at  December 31, 2018. The 
increase was primarily the result of increases of $114.1 million in gross loans receivable, $34.5 million in available-for-sale securities, $10.5 
million in Bank owned life insurance and $10.0 million in other assets. 

Investment Securities 

We use our securities portfolio to provide a source of liquidity, provide an appropriate return on funds invested, manage interest rate risk, 
meet collateral requirements and meet regulatory capital requirements. Our investment policy is established and reviewed annually by the Board 
of Directors. We are permitted under federal law to invest in various types of liquid assets, including United States Government obligations, 
securities of various federal agencies and of state and municipal governments, mortgage-backed securities, time deposits of federally insured 
institutions, certain bankers’ acceptances and federal funds.   

Our investment objectives are to maintain high asset quality, to provide and maintain liquidity, to establish an acceptable level of interest 
rate and credit risk, to provide an alternate source of low-risk investments when demand for loans is weak and to generate a favorable return. The 
Board of Directors has the overall responsibility for the investment portfolio, including approval of our investment policy. The Board of Directors 
is also responsible for implementation of the investment policy and monitoring investment performance. The Board of Directors reviews the 
status of the investment portfolio on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if warranted.   

Generally  accepted  accounting  principles  require  that,  at  the  time  of  purchase,  we  designate  a  security  as  held  to  maturity, 
available-for-sale, or trading, depending on our ability and intent to hold such security. Securities available for sale are reported at fair value, 
while securities held to maturity are reported at amortized cost. We do not maintain a trading portfolio. Establishing a trading portfolio would 
require specific authorization by the Board of Directors.   

The  total  investment  securities  portfolio,  including  both  investment  securities  available  for  sale  and  investment  securities  held  to 
maturity, was $116.7 million at December 31, 2019, an increase of $34.5 million compared with December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2019, the 
investment securities portfolio includes $92.8 million of investment securities available for sale and $23.9 million of investment securities held to 
maturity compared to  $56.0 million of investment securities available for sale  and $26.2 million of investment securities held to maturity at 
December 31, 2018. 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company sold seven securities in the available-for-sale investment portfolio. Of these 
seven, four were sold at a loss of $18,000 and three were sold at a gain of $23,000 for a net gain of $5,000.  The Company did not sell any 
securities within the investment portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

While  all  securities  are  reviewed  by  the  Company  for  other-than-temporary  impairments  (“OTTI”),  the  securities  that  typically  are 
impacted  by  credit  impairment  are non-agency  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  and asset-backed  securities.  Refer  to  Note  3,  in  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details. To date, we have had no OTTI. 

37 

 
 
Securities Portfolio Composition.    The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our available for sale 

and held to maturity securities at the dates indicated.   

(Dollars in thousands) 
Available-for-sale: 

U.S. Treasury Securities 
Collateralized Mortgage Backed 
Subordinated Debt 
Municipal Securities 
U.S Governmental Agencies

Total 

Held-to-maturity: 

Municipal securities 
Subordinated Debt 

Total 

2019 

Amortized 
Cost

Fair 
Value

2018 

Amortized 
Cost

Fair 
Value

December 31, 

$ 

$ 

$ 

49,999  
17,659  
2,500  
13,888  
8,135  
92,181  

22,414  
1,500  
23,914  

$ 

$ 

$ 

49,998  
17,673  
2,554  
14,631  
7,935  
92,791  

23,178  
1,500  
24,678  

$ 

$ 

$ 

29,996  
4,967  
2,000  
8,869  
10,515  
56,347  

24,678  
1,500  
26,178  

$ 

$ 

$ 

29,997  
4,893  
2,015  
8,833  
10,241  
55,979  

24,733  
1,500  
26,233  

Portfolio  Maturities  and  Yields.  The  composition  and  maturities  of  the  investment  securities  portfolio  at  December 31,  2019,  are 
summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment date, and do not reflect the effect of scheduled principal 
repayments, prepayments, or early redemptions that may occur. Adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities are included in the period in which 
interest rates are next scheduled to adjust.     

One Year or Less 

More than One Year 
through Five Years 

 More than Five Years  
through Ten Years 

More than 
Ten Years 

Total 

   Amortized  
Cost 

   Weighted  
 Average 
Yield 

   Amortized  
Cost 

   Weighted  
 Average 
Yield 

   Amortized  
Cost 

   Weighted  
 Average 
Yield 

   Amortized  
Cost 

   Weighted  
 Average 
Yield 

   Amortized  
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

   Weighted  
 Average 
Yield 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Securities available for sale: 
U.S. Treasury Securities 
Collateralized Mortgage 
      Securities
Subordinated Debt 
Municipal Securities 
U.S. Government Agencies 

   $ 

49,999  

0.79 %    $ 

15  
—  
—  
—  

4.76 %  
—  
—  
—  

Total 

   $ 

50,014  

0.79 %    $ 

—  

—  
—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

   $ 

—  

—  

   $ 

—  

—  

   $ 

49,999      $ 49,998  

0.79 % 

—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
2,500  
1,016  
—  

—  
5.57 %  
2.69 %  
—  

17,644  
—  
12,872  
8,135  

2.90 %  
—  
3.51 %  
3.52 %  

17,659  
2,500  
13,888  
8,135  

 17,673  
2,554  
 14,631  
7,935  

2.91 % 
5.57 % 
3.45 % 
3.52 % 

—  

   $ 

3,516  

4.74 %    $ 

38,651  

3.23 %    $ 

92,181      $ 92,791  

3.36 % 

Securities held to maturity: 

Municipal Securities 
Subordinated Debt 

Total Securities 

Loan Portfolio 

   $ 

   $ 

—  
—  

—  

   $ 

—  
—  

831  
—  

2.70 %    $ 
—  

7,776  
1,500  

2.97 %    $ 
6.50 %  

13,807  
—  

2.99 %    $ 
—  

22,414      $ 23,178  
1,500  
1,500  

2.97 % 
6.50 % 

—  

   $ 

831  

2.70 %    $ 

9,276  

3.54 %    $ 

13,807  

2.99 %    $ 

23,914      $ 24,678  

3.19 % 

Our primary source of income is derived from interest earned on loans. Our loan portfolio consists of loans secured by real estate as well 
as  commercial  business  loans  and  consumer  loans,  substantially  all  of  which  are  secured  by  corresponding  deposits  at  the  Bank.  Our  loan 
customers primarily consist of small- to medium-sized businesses, professionals, real estate investors, small residential builders and individuals. 
Our owner occupied and investment commercial real estate loans, residential construction loans and commercial business loans provide us with 
higher risk-adjusted returns, shorter maturities and more sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations, and are complemented by our relatively lower risk 
residential real estate loans to individuals. Our lending activities are principally directed to our market area consisting of the Washington, D.C. 
and Northern Virginia metropolitan areas. 

38 

Average loans represented 87.3% of average interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 87.0% for the 
year ended December 31,  2018. The following table presents the  Company’s loan portfolio by portfolio segment at December 31,  2019 and 
December 31, 2018. 

Residential real estate: 
Single family 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Commercial real estate: 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction and land development 
Commercial – non-real estate: 
Commercial and industrial 

Consumer – non-real estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 
Total gross loans 
Less: unearned fees 
Less: unamortized discount on secured loans 
Less: allowance for loan losses 
Net loans 

At December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Amount 

Percent 

Amount 

Percent 

(Dollars in thousands) 

 $ 

143,535  
6,512  
801  

134,116  
287,754  
272,620  

13.77 %    $ 
0.62 %  
0.08 %  

139,620  
9,182  
825  

12.87 %  
27.61 %  
26.16 %  

121,622  
256,139  
183,551  

15.05 % 
0.99 % 
0.09 % 

13.11 % 
27.62 % 
19.79 % 

121,225  

11.63 %  

114,221  

12.32 % 

599  
74,984  
1,042,146  
(2,118 )  
(19 )  
(9,584 )  
 $  1,030,425  

0.06 %  
7.20 %  
100.00 %  

1,402  
100,875  
927,437  
(1,400 )  
(81 )  
(8,831 )  
917,125  

 $ 

0.15 % 
10.88 % 
100.00 % 

The consumer loans above include $599,000 and $452,190 of overdrafts reclassified as loans for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 

2018, respectively. 

The Bank held no loans for sale at December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

Loan Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 
2019.  Demand  loans,  having  no  stated  repayment  schedule  or  maturity,  and  overdraft  loans  are  reported  as  being  due  in  one  year  or  less. 
Maturities are based on the final contractual payment date and do not reflect the impact of prepayments and scheduled principal amortization. 

Amounts due in: 

One year or less 
After one year through two years 
After two years through three years 
After three years through five years 
After five years through ten years 
After ten years through fifteen years 
After fifteen years 

Total 

As of December 31, 2019 

Single-Family 

Multi-Family 

Farmland 
(In thousands) 

Owner 
Occupied

Non-owner 
Occupied

 $ 

 $ 

30,624  
10,341  
3,754  
12,680  
53,971  
1,894  
30,271  
143,535  

 $ 

 $ 

—  
1,580  
—  
1,383  
3,549  
—  
—  
6,512  

 $ 

 $ 

—  
—  
—  
700  
—  
101  
—  
801  

 $ 

 $ 

6,644  
12,677  
3,407  
21,392  
69,865  
14,237  
5,894  
134,116  

 $ 

 $ 

35,467  
21,400  
26,076  
39,019  
146,398  
19,394  
—  
287,754  

39 

Amounts due in: 

One year or less 
After one year through two years 
After two years through three years 
After three years through five years 
After five years through ten years 
After ten years through fifteen years 
After fifteen years 

Total 

Construction 
and Land 

Development         

Commercial 
and Industrial         Consumer 
(In thousands) 

Total 

   $ 

   $ 

117,580       $ 
45,933          
6,857          
31,705          
52,249          
16,604          
1,692          
272,620       $ 

54,353       $ 
12,706          
3,072          
14,067          
19,130          
17,897          
—          
121,225       $ 

1,900       $ 
4,593          
13,032          
43,494          
12,564          
—          
—          

246,568    
109,230    
56,198    
164,440    
357,726    
70,127    
37,857    
75,583       $  1,042,146   

The following table sets forth our fixed and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2019 that are contractually due after December 31, 

2019. 

Residential real estate: 
Single family 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Commercial real estate: 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction and land development 
Commercial – non-real estate: 
Commercial and industrial 

Consumer – non-real estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 

Totals 

Due After December 31, 2019 

Fixed 
Rates 

       Adjustable 

Rates 
(In thousands) 

Total 

   $ 

30,391       $ 
936          
801          

113,144       $ 
5,576          
—          

143,535    
6,512    
801    

46,452          
86,677          
37,284          

87,664          
201,077          
235,336          

134,116    
287,754    
272,620    

47,505          

73,720          

121,225    

599          
74,792          
325,437       $ 

—          
192          

599    
74,984    
716,709       $  1,042,146   

   $ 

40 

 
   
   
       
   
   
          
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
         
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
   
   
   
      
            
            
      
      
      
      
            
            
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
      
      
      
            
            
      
      
      
 
The following table shows our loan originations, participations, purchases, sales and repayment activities for the periods indicated. 

Total loans at beginning of year: 

Loans originated: 

Real estate loans: 
Residential real estate: 
Single family 
Multifamily 

Commercial real estate: 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction and land development 
Commercial – non-real estate: 
Commercial and industrial 

Consumer – non-real estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 

Total loans originated: 

Loan principal repayments: 
Principal repayments 

Loans transferred to other real estate owned: 

Transfers to other real estate owned 

Net loan activity 

Years Ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

(In thousands) 

   $ 

927,437       $ 

660,633    

32,906          
—          

60,546    
3,827    

28,079          
44,429          
85,940          

45,831    
114,239    
84,628    

28,928          

45,106    

—          
10,480          
230,762          

42    
42,000    
396,219    

116,053          

129,415    

1,207          

—    

114,709          

266,804    

Total loans at the end of year 

   $  1,042,146       $ 

927,437   

Loans, net of unearned income, totaled $1.0 billion at December 31, 2019, an increase of $114.1million from December 31, 2018. The 
increase in total loans was primarily driven by growth in the overall loan portfolio, with significant increases in the commercial real estate and 
construction portfolios. 

Asset Quality 

The  Company’s  asset  quality  remained  strong  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019.  Nonperforming  assets,  which  includes 
nonaccrual loans, accruing loans 90 days past due, accruing troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans 90 days past due, and other real estate 
owned totaled $1.2 million at December 31, 2019 compared to $2.0 million at December 31, 2018. The decrease in nonperforming assets was 
primarily due to foreclosure on a previously identified TDR loan. The loan had a specific reserve of $732,892 that was charged off during the 
foreclosure process.   

A loan’s past due status is based on the contractual due date of the most delinquent payment due. All loans which are 30 or more days 
past due at the end of the month are reported to the Board of Directors. Commercial loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the 
collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, or earlier, if collection is uncertain based on an evaluation of the net realizable value 
of the collateral and the financial strength of the borrower. Consumer loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of 
principal or interest is 120 days or more past due, or earlier, if collection is uncertain based  on an evaluation of the net realizable value of the 
collateral and the financial strength of the borrower. Loans greater than 90 days past due may remain on accrual status if management determines 
it has adequate collateral to cover the principal and interest. For those loans that are carried on nonaccrual status, payments are first applied to 
principal outstanding. A loan may be returned to accrual status if the borrower has demonstrated a sustained period of repayment performance in 
accordance with the contractual terms of the loan and there is reasonable assurance the borrower will continue to make payments as agreed. 

As a percentage of total assets, nonperforming assets were 0.09% at December 31, 2019 compared with 0.18% at December 31, 2018. 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company did not have any loans placed on nonaccrual status. 

See Note 1, Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements and Note 5, Allowance for 
Loan Losses, in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Company’s credit grade categories, which are derived 
from standard regulatory rating definitions.   

41 

 
   
   
   
   
   
      
   
   
   
   
      
            
      
      
            
      
      
            
      
      
      
      
            
      
      
      
      
      
            
      
      
      
            
      
      
      
      
   
      
            
      
      
            
      
      
   
      
            
      
      
            
      
      
   
         
            
   
      
   
         
            
   
 
The following table summarizes asset quality information at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. 

Non-accrual loans: 

Commercial real estate 

Total non-accrual loans 

Consumer loans accruing past 120 days: 

Credit card 

Total non-performing loans 

Other real estate owned 

Total non-performing assets 

Accruing TDRs: 

Residential real estate 

Total accuring TDRs 

Ratios: 

Total non-performing loans to gross loans receivable 
Total non-performing loans to total assets 
Total non-performing assets to total assets 
Total non-performing assets and accruing troubled debt 
restructured loans to total assets 

    December 31,          December 31,     

2019 

2018 

(Dollars in thousands) 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 
   $ 

—        $ 
—           

—           
—           
1,207           
1,207        $ 

1,482        $ 
1,482        $ 

0.00 %       
0.00 %       
0.09 %       

1,939    
1,939    

11    
1,950    
—    
1,950    

1,510    
1,510    

0.21 % 
0.18 % 
0.18 % 

0.21 %       

0.31 % 

Interest income that would have been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 had non-accruing loans been current 
according to their original terms amounted to $0 and $142,962 respectively. We did not recognize any interest income for these loans for the years 
ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2019, there were no loans not disclosed in the above table, where known information about possible credit problems 

of borrowers causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms.   

Delinquent Loans. The following table sets forth our delinquent loans at December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate: 

Single Family 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction & Land Development 
Commercial – Non Real Estate: 
Commercial & industrial 
Consumer – Non Real Estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 
Total 

30-59 
Days Past 
Due 

60-89 
Days Past 
Due 

Greater 
than 90 
Days 

Total Past 
Due 

       Current 

Total 
Loans 

Receivable        Nonaccrual    

December 31, 2019 

   $ 

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          

150          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

—       $  143,535       $  143,535       $ 
—          
6,512          
—          
801          

6,512          
801          

150           133,966           134,116          
—           287,754           287,754          
—           272,620           272,620          

—          

—          

—          

—           121,225           121,225          

—          
124          
124       $ 

—          
—          
150       $ 

—          
—          
—       $ 

—          
599          
124          
74,984          
274       $ 1,041,872       $ 1,042,146       $ 

599          
74,860          

   $ 

—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
—    

—    

—    
—    
—   

42 

 
   
   
   
       
   
   
   
   
      
             
      
      
      
             
      
      
      
      
      
             
      
      
             
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate: 

Single Family 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction & Land Development 
Commercial – Non Real Estate: 
Commercial & industrial 
Consumer – Non Real Estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 
Total 

30-59 
Days Past 
Due 

60-89 
Days Past 
Due 

Greater 
than 90 
Days 

Total Past 
Due 

       Current 

Total 
Loans 

Receivable       Nonaccrual    

December 31, 2018 

   $ 

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

—       $ 139,620       $ 139,620       $ 
—          
9,182          
—          
825          

9,182          
825          

—    
—    
—    

—           119,683           121,622          
—           256,139           256,139          
—           183,551           183,551          

1,939    
—    
—    

—          

—          

—          

—           114,221           114,221          

—    

50          
57          
107       $ 

9          
5          
14       $ 

11          
—          
11       $ 

1,332          

70          
1,402          
62           100,813           100,875          
132       $ 925,366       $ 927,437       $ 

—    
—    
1,939   

   $ 

Classified Assets. Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets that are considered to be of lesser quality as 
substandard, doubtful, or loss assets. Loans not classified as impaired are assigned a higher allowance factor based on an internal migration 
analysis, which increases with the severity of classification, than pass rated loans. The characteristics of the loan ratings are as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Pass  rated  loans  are  to  persons  or  business  entities  with  an  acceptable  financial  condition,  appropriate  collateral  margins, 
appropriate cash flow to service the existing loan, and an appropriate leverage ratio.    The borrower has paid all obligations as 
agreed and it is expected that this type of payment history will continue.    When necessary, acceptable personal guarantors support 
the loan. 

Special  mention  loans  have  a  specific  defined  weakness  in  the  borrower’s  operations  and  the  borrower’s  ability  to  generate 
positive cash flow on a sustained basis.    The borrower’s recent payment history is characterized by late payments.    The Bank’s 
risk exposure is mitigated by collateral supporting the loan.    The collateral is considered to be well-margined, well maintained, 
accessible and readily marketable. 

Substandard loans are considered to have specific and well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the viability of the Bank’s credit 
extension.    The payment history for the loan has been inconsistent and the expected or projected primary repayment source may 
be  inadequate  to  service  the  loan.  The  estimated  net  liquidation  value  of  the  collateral  pledged  and/or  ability  of  the  personal 
guarantor(s) to pay the loan may not adequately protect the Bank.    There is a distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some 
loss if the deficiencies associated with the loan are not corrected in the near term.    A substandard loan would not automatically 
meet our definition of impaired unless the loan is significantly past due and the borrower’s performance and financial condition 
provide evidence that it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due. 

Doubtful rated loans have all the weaknesses inherent in a loan that is classified substandard but with the added characteristics that 
the  weaknesses  make  collection  or  liquidation  in  full,  on  the  basis  of  currently  existing  facts,  conditions  and  values,  highly 
questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high. 

Loss rated loans are not considered collectible under normal circumstances and there is no realistic expectation for any future 
payment on the loan. Loss rated loans are fully charged off. 

In connection with the filing of our periodic reports with the Federal Reserve Board and in accordance with our classification of assets 
policy, we regularly review the problem loans in our portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable 
regulations.     

43 

 
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
 
On the basis of this review of our assets, our classified and special mention assets, at the dates indicated were as follows. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate: 

Single Family 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction & Land Development 
Commercial – Non Real Estate: 
Commercial & industrial 
Consumer – Non Real Estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 
Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate: 

Single Family 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction & Land Development 
Commercial – Non Real Estate: 
Commercial & industrial 
Consumer – Non Real Estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 
Total 

Pass 

       Watch 

Special 
Mention 

       Substandard        Doubtful 

Total 

December 31, 2019 

   $  143,019       $ 
6,512          
801          

       133,966          
       287,754          
       272,620          

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

516       $ 
—          
—          

150          
—          
—          

—       $  143,535    
—          
6,512    
—          
801    

—           134,116    
—           287,754    
—           272,620    

       109,106          

3,772          

5,685          

2,662          

—           121,225    

599          
74,984          
   $ 1,029,361       $ 

—          
—          
3,772       $ 

—          
—          
5,685       $ 

—          
—          
3,328       $ 

—          
599    
—          
74,984    
—       $ 1,042,146   

Pass 

       Watch 

Special 
Mention 

       Substandard        Doubtful 

Total 

December 31, 2018 

   $  138,483       $ 
9,182          
825          

755       $ 
—          
—          

       117,906          
       256,139          
       183,551          

1,777          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

382       $ 
—          
—          

—       $  139,620    
—          
9,182    
—          
825    

—          
—          
—          

1,939           121,622    
—           256,139    
—           183,551    

       110,631          

1,333          

2,257          

—          

—           114,221    

1,402          
       100,875          
   $  918,994       $ 

—          
—          
3,865       $ 

—          
—          
2,257       $ 

—          
—          
382       $ 

—          
1,402    
—           100,875    
1,939       $  927,437   

Analysis  and  Determination  of  the  Allowance  for  Loan  Losses.  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  maintained  at  a  level  which,  in 
management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance is based on 
management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the nature of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical 
loss experience, specific impaired loans, and economic conditions. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral 
values or the present value of estimated cash flows. Because of uncertainties associated with regional economic conditions, collateral values, and 
future cash flows on impaired loans, it is reasonably possible that management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio 
and the related allowance may change materially in the near-term. The allowance is increased by a provision for loans losses which is charged to 
expense  and  reduced  by  full  and  partial  charge-offs,  net of  recoveries.    Changes  in  the  allowance  relating  to  impaired  loans  are  charged  or 
credited  to  the  provision  for  loan  losses.  Management’s  periodic  evaluation  of  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  is  based  on  various  factors, 
including, but not limited to, management’s ongoing review and grading of loans, facts and issues related to specific loans, historical loan loss or 
loan pools, the fair value of the underlying collateral, current economic conditions and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could 
affect potential credit losses. An an integral part of their examination process, the Federal Reserve Board will periodically review our allowance 
for loan losses, and as a result of such reviews, we may have to adjust our allowance for loan losses. 

44 

 
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
               
   
      
            
            
            
            
               
   
      
            
            
            
            
               
   
      
      
 
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
      
            
               
            
            
            
   
      
      
      
            
               
            
            
            
   
      
            
               
            
            
         
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
 
The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated. 

Balance at beginning of year 
Charge-offs: 

Commercial real estate 
Commercial industrial 
Consumer 

Total charge-offs 

Recoveries: 

Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial and industrial 
Consumer 

Total recoveries 

Net charge-offs 
Provision for loan losses 
Balance at end of period 
Ratios: 
Net charge offs to average loans outstanding (annualized) 
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of 
      period 
Allowance for loan losses to gross loans at end of period 

For the Year Ended 
December 31, 
2019 

For the Year Ended 
December 31, 
2018 

    $ 

(Dollars in thousands) 
8,831         $ 

5,705    

(733 )         
(98 )         
(98 )         
(929 )         

58            
1            
5            
—            
64            
(865 )         
1,618            
9,584         $ 

0.09 %        

N/A            
0.92 %        

—    
—    
(44 ) 
(44 ) 

1    
38    
2    
3    
44    
—    
3,126    
8,831    

0.00 % 

4.55    
0.95 % 

    $ 

At December 31, 2019, our allowance for loan losses represented 0.92% of total loans and had no non-performing loans. The allowance 
for  loan  losses  increased  to  $9.6  million  at  December 31,  2019  from  $8.8  million  at  December 31,  2018  primarily  attributable  to  provision 
expense  on  newly  originated  loans.  There  were  $865,000  and  $0  in  net  loan  charge-offs  during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019  and 
December 31, 2018, respectively. 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses.    The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and 
the percent of the allowance in each category to the total allocated allowance at the dates indicated.    The allowance for loan losses allocated to 
each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses 
in other categories.     

(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate: 

Single family 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction and Land Development 
Commercial – Non Real Estate: 
Commercial and industrial 
Consumer – Non Real Estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 

Total 

At December 31, 

2019 
Percent of 
Allowance 
in Each 
Category 
to Total 
Allocated 
Allowance 

Allowance 
for Loan 
Losses 

Percent of 
Loans 
in Each 
Category to 
Total Loans         

Allowance for 
Loan Losses        

2018 
Percent of 
Allowance 
in Each 
Category 
to Total 
Allocated 
Allowance 

Percent of 
Loans 
in Each 
Category to 
Total Loans     

   $ 

980          
45          
5          

1,352          
2,902          
2,180          

10.2 %       
0.5 %       
0.1 %       

14.1 %       
30.3 %       
22.7 %       

13.8 %    $ 
0.6 %       
0.1 %       

12.9 %       
27.6 %       
26.2 %       

981          
38          
—          

1,750          
2,549          
1,468          

11.1 %       
0.5 %       
—           

19.8 %       
28.9 %       
16.6 %       

15.1 % 
1.0 % 
0.1 % 

13.1 % 
27.6 % 
19.8 % 

1,552          

16.2 %       

11.6 %       

1,218          

13.8 %       

12.3 % 

4          
564          

0.0 %       
5.9 %       

0.1 %       
7.1 %       

12          
815          

0.1 %       
9.2 %       

0.1 % 
10.9 % 

   $ 

9,584          

100.0 %       

100.0 %    $ 

8,831          

100.0 %       

100.0 % 

45 

 
   
   
       
   
   
   
       
   
   
   
   
       
              
      
       
       
       
       
       
              
      
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
              
      
       
   
       
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
       
   
   
      
       
       
      
            
             
             
            
             
      
      
      
      
            
             
             
            
             
      
      
      
      
      
            
             
             
            
             
      
      
      
            
             
             
            
             
      
      
      
   
      
            
             
             
            
             
      
 
Derivative Financial Instruments 

The Bank uses derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”) primarily to manage risks to the Bank associated with changing interest 
rates, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. The Bank classifies these items as free standing derivatives consisting of 
customer accommodation loan swaps (“loan swaps”). The Bank enters into interest rate swaps with certain qualifying commercial loan customers 
to  meet  their  interest  rate  risk  management  needs.  The  Bank  simultaneously  enters  into  interest  rate  swaps  with  dealer  counterparties,  with 
identical notional amounts and terms. The net result of these interest rate swaps is that the customer pays a fixed rate of interest and the Bank 
receives a floating rate. These back-to-back loan swaps qualify as financial derivatives with fair values reported in “Other assets” and “Other 
liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.  Changes in fair value are recorded in other noninterest expense and net to zero because of the 
identical amounts and terms of the swaps. 

The following tables summarize key elements of the Banks’s derivative instruments as of the dates indicated. 

December 31, 2019 
Customer-related interest rate 
contracts 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Matched interest rate swap with borrower 
Matched interest rate swap with counterparty 

December 31, 2018 
Customer-related interest rate 
contracts 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Matched interest rate swap with borrower 
Matched interest rate swap with counterparty 

Funding Activities 

Notional 
Amount 

Positions 

Assets 

       Liabilities 

Collateral 
Pledges 

   $ 
   $ 

71,860          
71,860          

12       $ 
12          

4,039          
—       $ 

—       $ 
4,039       $ 

6,400    
6,400   

Notional 
Amount 

Positions 

Assets 

       Liabilities 

Collateral 
Pledges 

   $ 
   $ 

36,607          
36,607          

5       $ 
5          

1,192          
—       $ 

—       $ 
1,192       $ 

1,290    
1,290   

Deposits are the primary source of funds for lending and investing activities and their cost is the largest category of interest expense. The 
Company also utilizes brokered deposits as a funding source in addition to customer deposits. Scheduled payments, as well as prepayments, and 
maturities from portfolios of loans and investment securities also provide a stable source of funds. FHLB advances, other secured borrowings, 
federal  funds  purchased,  and  other  short-term  borrowed  funds,  as  well  as  longer-term  debt  issued  through  the  capital  markets,  all  provide 
supplemental  liquidity  sources.  The  Company’s  funding  activities  are  monitored  and  governed  through  the  Company’s  asset/liability 
management process 

Deposits 

Total deposits increased by $151.5 million from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. Brokered deposits, which are included in the 
table below, totaled $236.9 million and $140.8 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The following table presents 
the Company’s average deposits segregated by major category for the year ended December 31, 2019: 

Deposit type: 
Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 
Savings and NOW 
Time deposits 

Interest-bearing deposits 

Average 
Balance 

2019 

Percent 

At December 31, 

Weighted 
Average 
Rate 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Average 
Balance 

2018 

Percent 

Weighted 
Average 
Rate 

   $ 

56,675          
129,606          
62,047          
544,084          
792,412          

5.69 %       
13.00 %       
6.22 %       
54.58 %       
79.49 %       

1.76 %    $ 
1.84 %       
0.47 %       
2.61 %       
2.25 %       

57,357          
115,846          
50,509          
401,259          
624,971          

7.09 %       
14.33 %       
6.25 %       
49.63 %       
77.30 %       

1.57 % 
1.47 % 
0.50 % 
2.01 % 
1.75 % 

Non-interest bearing demand 

204,500          

20.51 %       

181,098          

22.70 %       

Total deposits 

   $ 

996,912          

100.00 %       

1.94 %    $ 

806,069          

100.00 %       

1.36 % 

46 

 
 
          
         
   
          
   
          
   
          
   
   
       
   
          
   
          
   
          
   
          
   
   
   
      
      
      
   
 
          
             
             
             
             
   
          
             
             
             
             
   
   
      
      
      
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
       
   
   
   
      
       
       
      
       
   
   
   
   
      
            
             
             
            
             
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
            
             
             
            
             
      
      
             
      
   
      
            
             
             
            
             
      
 
The overall increase in total deposits was primarily driven by an increase in non-interest bearing demand deposits and time deposits. The 
increase was partially offset by a decrease in interest bearing demand deposits. Certificates and other time deposits increased from December 31, 
2019 compared to December 31, 2018 primarily as a result of an increase in brokered deposits. 

At  December 31,  2019,  the  aggregate  amount  of  all  our  certificates  of  deposit  in  amounts  greater  than  or  equal  to  $250,000  was 

approximately $217.2 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates as of December 31, 2019. 

Maturity period: 
Three months or less 
Over three through twelve months 
Over twelve months through three years 
Over three years 

Total 

December 31, 
2019 
    (In thousands)     

   $ 

7,326    
41,608    
83,545    
84,700    

   $ 

217,179   

The following table sets forth all of our time deposits classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated. 

Interest Rate Range: 
0.01 – 0.99% 
1.00 – 1.99% 
2.00 – 2.99% 
3.00 and greater 
Total 

At December 31, 

2019 

2018 

(In thousands) 

   $ 

   $ 

809       $ 
83,577          
434,808          
41,663          
560,857       $ 

1,910    
87,046    
336,989    
32,331    
458,276   

The  following  table  sets  forth  by  interest  rate  ranges  information  concerning  the  maturities  of  our  certificates  of  deposit  as  of 

December 31, 2019. 

Period to Maturity 

Less Than 
or Equal to 
One Year 

More Than 
One to Two 
Years 

More Than 
Two to 
Three 
Years 

More Than 
Three Years        

Total 

Percent of 
Total 
Certificate 
Accounts 

(Dollars in thousands) 

    $ 

729        $ 

80        $ 

72,206       
195,416       
11,699       

7,411       
100,503       
11,284       

    $  280,050        $ 

119,278        $ 

—       $ 
3,608          
58,388          
4,844          
66,840       $ 

—       $ 
352          
80,501          
13,836          
94,689       $ 

809          
83,577          
434,808          
41,663          
560,857          

0.14 % 
14.90 % 
77.53 % 
7.43 % 
100.00 % 

Interest Rate Range: 
0.01 – 0.99% 
1.00 – 1.99% 
2.00 – 2.99% 
3.00 and greater 

Total 

Borrowed Funds 

We may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Richmond upon the security of the common stock we own in that bank 
and certain of our residential mortgage loans, provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met. These  advances are made 
pursuant to several credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. Federal Home Loan Bank  advances are 
generally available to meet seasonal and other withdrawals of deposit accounts and to permit increased lending.   

At  December 31,  2019  and  2018,  we  were  permitted  to  borrow  up  to  an  aggregate  total  of  $308.4  million  and  $264.1  million, 
respectively, from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Richmond. There were Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings of $40.0 million outstanding at 
December 31, 2019 and 2018. Additionally, we had credit availability of $49.0 million with correspondent banks for short-term liquidity needs, if 
necessary. There were borrowings outstanding  of $5.6 million at December 31, 2018, under this facility. No borrowings were outstanding at 
December 31, 2019, under this facility. 

47 

 
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
      
   
   
   
   
      
            
      
      
      
      
 
 
   
   
         
   
         
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
   
   
   
   
      
   
   
      
   
   
      
   
         
            
            
      
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
The following table shows certain information regarding Federal Home Loan Bank advances at or for the dates indicated:   

Balance at end of period 
Average balance during the period 
Weighted average interest rate at end of period 
Weighted average interest rate during the period 

   For the Years Ended December 31,    

2019 

2018 

   $ 
   $ 

(Dollars in thousands) 
40,000        $ 
21,162        $ 
1.98 %       
2.59 %       

40,000    
39,042    
2.51 % 
1.98 % 

On December 30, 2016, the Company completed the issuance of $14.3 million in aggregate principal amount of fixed-to-floating rate 
subordinated notes in a private placement transaction to various accredited investors. During the first quarter 2017, an additional $700,000 of 
subordinated notes was issued for a total issuance of $15.0 million.    The net proceeds of the offering are intended to support growth and be used 
for  other  general  business  purposes.  The  notes  have  a  maturity  date  of December  31,  2026 and  have  an  annual  fixed  interest  rate  of  6.25% 
until December 31, 2021. Thereafter, the notes will have a floating interest rate based on three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) 
rate plus 425 basis points (4.25%) (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) from and including January 1, 2022 to the 
maturity date or any early redemption date. Interest will be paid semi-annually, in arrears, on July 1 and January 1 of each year during the time 
that the  notes remain outstanding through the fixed interest rate  period or earlier redemption date. Interest will be paid quarterly, in arrears, 
on April 1, July 1, October 1 and January 1 throughout the floating interest rate period or earlier redemption date. 

Stockholders’ Equity 

Total stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2019 was $137.0 million, an increase of $15.8 million compared to December 31, 2018. 
Stockholders'  equity  increased  $14.0  million  primarily  due  to  net  income  during  the  period.  In  addition,  accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income increased $790,000, primarily as a result of a decrease in the fair value of investment securities available for sale. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Liquidity is the ability of the Company to convert assets into cash or cash equivalents without significant loss and to raise additional 
funds by increasing liabilities. Liquidity management involves maintaining the Company’s ability to meet the day-to-day cash flow requirements 
of its customers, whether they are depositors wishing to withdraw funds or borrowers requiring funds to meet their credit needs. Without proper 
liquidity management, the Company would not be able to perform the primary function of a financial intermediary and would, therefore, not be 
able to meet the needs of the communities it serves. 

The Company assesses liquidity needs on a daily basis using a sophisticated monitoring system that identifies daily sources and uses for 
a rolling 30-day period. The Company also assesses liquidity needs under various scenarios of market conditions, asset growth and changes in 
credit ratings. The assessment includes liquidity stress testing which measures various sources and uses of funds under the different scenarios. 
The assessment provides regular monitoring of unused borrowing capacity and available sources of contingent liquidity to prepare for unexpected 
liquidity needs and to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity. 

The asset portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through unencumbered securities available for sale, loan principal and 
interest payments, maturities and prepayments of investment securities held to maturity and, to a lesser extent, sales of investment securities 
available for sale. Other short-term investments such as federal funds sold and maturing interest- bearing deposits with other banks, are additional 
sources of liquidity. 

The liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity through various customers’ interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposit 
accounts and through FHLB and other borrowings. Brokered deposits, federal funds purchased, and other short-term borrowings are additional 
sources of liquidity and, basically, represent the Company’s incremental borrowing capacity. These sources of liquidity are used as necessary to 
fund asset growth and meet short-term liquidity needs. 

In addition to the Company’s financial performance and condition, liquidity may be impacted by the Company’s structure as a bank 
holding company that is a separate legal entity from the Bank. The Company requires cash for various operating needs that could include payment 
of dividends to its stockholder, the servicing of debt, and the payment of general corporate expenses. The primary source of  liquidity for the 
Company is dividends paid by the Bank. Applicable federal and state statutes and regulations impose restrictions on the amount of dividends that 
may be paid by the Bank. In addition to the formal statutes and regulations, regulatory authorities also consider the adequacy of the Bank’s total 
capital in relation to its assets, deposits and other such items. Any future dividends must be set forth in the Company's capital plans before any 
dividends can be paid. 

The Company’s ability to raise funding at competitive prices is affected by the rating agencies’ views of the Company’s credit quality, 

liquidity, capital and earnings. Management meets with the rating agencies on a routine basis to discuss the current outlook for the Company. 

48 

 
   
   
   
       
   
   
   
   
      
      
 
 
The Board of Director and the Asset Liability Committee (ALCO) are responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets 
and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawals of our customers as well 
as unanticipated contingencies. We  believe  that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short and long-term liquidity needs as of 
December 31, 2019. 

We monitor and adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of: (1) expected loan demand; (2) expected deposit 
flows; (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities; and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess 
liquid assets are invested generally in interest-earning deposits and short-and intermediate-term securities. 

While  maturities  and  scheduled  amortization  of  loans  and  securities  are  predictable  sources  of  funds,  deposit  flows  and  loan 
prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash 
equivalents,  which  include  federal  funds  sold  and  interest-earning  deposits  in  other  banks. The  levels  of  these  assets  are  dependent  on  our 
operating,  financing,  lending  and  investing  activities  during  any  given  period.  At  December 31,  2019,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  totaled 
$64.8 million. Securities classified as available-for-sale, which provide additional sources of liquidity,  totaled $92.8 million at December 31, 
2019. 

Our cash flows are comprised of three primary classifications: cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing 
activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $16.7 million and $12.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 
December 31, 2018, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities, which consists primarily of disbursements for loan originations and the 
purchase of securities, offset by principal collections on loans and proceeds from maturing securities, was $161.4 million and $273.4 million for 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, the 
Company realized gains on sale of available-for-sale securities of $5,000. There were no sales of available-for-sale securities in 2018. Net cash 
provided by financing activities was $151.5 million and $281.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, 
which consisted primarily of increases in interest bearing deposits of $110.5 million and $212.3 million offset by net repayments of $13.8 million 
from the Federal Home Loan Bank for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. There were no net repayments from the Federal Home Loan 
Bank for the same period in 2019. 

We are committed to maintaining a strong liquidity position. We monitor our liquidity position on a daily basis. We anticipate that we 
will have sufficient funds to meet our current funding commitments. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2019, totaled 
$279.6 million of total deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds in the normal course of 
business, including other deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher 
rates on such deposits or borrowings than we currently pay. We believe, however, based on past experience that a significant portion of such 
deposits will remain with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered. Management believes that the 
current sources of liquidity are adequate to meet the Company’s requirements and plans for continued growth. 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, 
such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a 
significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the  same credit 
policies  and  approval  process  accorded  to  loans  we  make.  The  following  table  presents  information  about  the  Company's  commitments  at 
December 31, 2019. 

Commitments 

Commitments to extend credit 
Standby and commercial letters of credit 
Total 

    December 31, 2019     
(In Thousands) 

   $ 

   $ 

251,508    
672    
252,180   

Regulatory Capital 

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum 
capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a 
direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for 
prompt  corrective  action,  the Bank  must  meet  specific  capital  guidelines  that  involve quantitative  measures  of  assets,  liabilities,  and  certain 
off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative 
judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. 

49 

 
 
 
      
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
 
 
The federal regulatory capital rules apply to all depository institutions as well as to bank holding companies with consolidated assets of 
$3 billion or more. However, the regulatory capital requirements generally do not apply on a consolidated basis to a bank holding company with 
total consolidated assets of less than $3 billion unless the holding company: (1) is engaged in significant nonbanking activities either directly or 
through  a  nonbank  subsidiary;  (2)  conducts  significant  off-balance  sheet  activities  (including  securitization  and  asset  management  or 
administration) either directly or through a nonbank subsidiary; or (3) has a material amount of debt or equity securities outstanding (other than 
trust preferred securities) that are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Federal Reserve may apply the regulatory capital 
standards at its discretion to any bank holding company, regardless of asset size, if such action is warranted for supervisory purposes.     

Because the Company has total consolidated assets of less than $3 billion and does not engage in activities that would trigger application 

of the federal regulatory capital rules, it is not at present subject to consolidated capital requirements under the such rules. 

The Basel III Capital Rules, a comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations, became effective for the Company and 
the Bank on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions). Under the Basel III rules, the Company must hold a capital 
conservation buffer above the adequately capitalized risk-based capital ratios. The capital conservation buffer is being phased in from 0.0% for 
2015 to 2.50% by 2019. The capital conservation buffer for 2019 is 2.50% and 1.875% for 2018. Quantitative measures established by regulation 
to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total capital, Common Equity Tier 1  capital, and 
Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).   
Management believes, as of December 31, 2019, the Company and the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond categorized the Bank as 
well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain 
minimum total risk-based, Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table.   
There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. 

The Bank’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are presented in the table below. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
As of December 31, 2019 

Actual 

Capital Adequacy 
Purposes 

To Be Well Capitalized 
Under the Prompt 
Corrective Action 
Provision 

    Amount 

Ratio 

        Amount 

Ratio 

    Amount 

Ratio 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
   $  157,892          
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)    $  148,308          
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
   $  148,308          
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 
   $  148,308          

13.50 %    $  93,576       
12.68 %    $  52,636       
12.68 %    $  70,182       
12.12 %    $  48,937       

≥ 8.0%    $  116,970       
≥ 4.5%    $  93,576       
≥ 6.0%    $  93,576       
≥ 4.0%    $  61,171       

As of December 31, 2018 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
   $  142,360          
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)    $  133,529          
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
   $  133,529          
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 
   $  133,529          

13.75 %    $  82,807       
12.90 %    $  46,579       
12.90 %    $  62,105       
12.41 %    $  43,056       

≥ 8.0%    $  103,509       
≥ 4.5%    $  82,807       
≥ 6.0%    $  82,807       
≥ 4.0%    $  53,820       

≥ 10.0% 
≥ 8.0% 
≥ 8.0% 
≥ 5.0% 

≥ 10.0% 
≥ 8.0% 
≥ 8.0% 
≥ 5.0% 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Market Risk Management 

The  effective  management  of  market  risk  is  essential  to  achieving  the  Company’s  strategic  financial  objectives.  As  a  financial 
institution, the Company’s most significant market risk exposure is interest rate risk in its balance sheet; however, market  risk also includes 
product liquidity risk, price risk and volatility risk in the Company’s lines of business. The primary objectives of market risk management are to 
minimize any adverse effect that changes in market risk factors may have on net interest income, and to offset the risk of price changes for certain 
assets recorded at fair value. 

Interest Rate Market Risk 

The Company’s net interest income and the fair value of its financial instruments are influenced by changes in the level of interest rates. 
The  Company  manages  its  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  through  policies  established  by  its  Asset/Liability  Committee.  The 
Asset/Liability Committee meets regularly and has responsibility for approving asset/liability management policies, formulating strategies to 
improve balance sheet positioning and/or earnings and reviewing the interest rate sensitivity of the Company. 

50 

 
 
   
   
       
   
      
      
      
      
            
             
         
         
         
   
      
            
             
         
         
         
   
 
 
 
We estimate what our net interest income would be for a 12-month period. We then calculate what the net interest income would be for 
the  same  period  under  different  interest  rate  assumptions.  These  estimates  require  certain  assumptions  to  be  made,  including  loan  and 
mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates,  and deposit maturity and decay rates.  These assumptions are inherently 
uncertain. As a result, no simulation model can precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income.   

The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2019, the calculation of the estimated changes in our net interest income that would result 

from changes in market interest rates over one year if we take no action from our current plan..     

Basis Point Change in 
Interest Rates 

Net Interest Income 
Year 1 Forecast 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Year 1 Change 
From Level 

+400 
+300 
+200 
+100 
Level 
-100 
-200 

   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 

24,978          
23,025          
20,939          
18,820          
16,704          
14,647          
11,779          

49.54 % 
37.84 % 
25.35 % 
12.67 % 
—    
-12.31 % 
-29.48 % 

Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”).    We analyze the sensitivity of our financial condition to changes in interest rates through our 
economic value of equity model. This analysis measures the difference between predicted changes in the fair value of our assets and predicted 
changes in the present value of our liabilities assuming various changes in current interest rates. The table below represents an analysis of  our 
interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in our economic value of equity, resulting from an instantaneous and  sustained parallel 
shift in the yield curve at December 31, 2019.     

Estimated Increase 

(Decrease) EVE 

Basis Point 
Change in 
Interest Rates(1) 

Estimated 
EVE(2) 

+400 
+300 
+200 
+100 
Level 
-200 
-100 

    $ 
    $ 
    $ 
    $ 
    $ 
    $ 
    $ 

145,248        $ 
146,159        $ 
147,843        $ 
145,524        $ 
140,119        $ 
133,573        $ 
115,775        $ 

Amount 

Percent 

(Dollars in thousands) 
5,129           
6,040           
7,724           
5,405           
—           
(6,546 )        
(24,344 )        

3.66 %         
4.31 %         
5.51 %         
3.86 %         

—    
(4.67 )%        
(17.37 )%        

EVE as a Percentage of Fair 
Value of Assets(3) 

EVE 
Ratio(4) 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

Basis Points 

12.08 %        
11.97 %        
11.91 %        
11.55 %        
10.97 %        
10.30 %        
8.79 %        

111    
100    
94    
58    
—    
(67 ) 
(218 ) 

(1)  Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities. 
(2)  EVE is the fair value of expected cash flows from assets, less fair value of the expected cash flows arising from our liabilities adjusted for the 

value of off-balance sheet contracts. 

(3)  Fair value of assets represents the amount at which an asset could be exchanged between knowledgeable and willing parties in an arms-length 

transaction. 

(4)  EVE Ratio represents EVE divided by the fair value of assets. 

Market Interest Rate Shift 

The  financial  statements  and  related  data  presented  herein  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles in the United States of America which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars 
without considering changes in relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. 

The majority of assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature; therefore, a financial institution differs greatly from 
most  commercial  and  industrial  companies,  which  have  significant  investments  in  fixed  assets  or  inventories  that  are  greatly  impacted  by 
inflation. However, inflation does have an important impact on the growth of total assets in the banking industry and the resulting need to increase 
equity capital at higher than normal rates in order to maintain an appropriate equity-to-assets ratio. Inflation also affects other expenses that tend 
to rise during periods of general inflation. 

51 

 
   
      
   
   
      
   
   
 
 
 
   
       
   
      
   
   
   
   
       
   
      
   
   
   
       
   
          
   
          
   
   
       
   
       
   
   
          
   
          
   
   
   
       
   
   
      
      
   
   
       
   
   
       
 
 
Management believes the most significant potential impact of inflation on financial results is a direct result of the Company’s ability to 
manage the impact of changes in interest rates. Management attempts to maintain a balanced position between rate-sensitive assets and liabilities 
in order to minimize the impact of interest rate fluctuations on net interest income. However, this goal can be difficult to completely achieve in 
times  of  rapidly  changing  interest  rates  and  is  one  of  many  factors  considered  in  determining  the  Company’s  interest  rate  positioning.  The 
Company is asset sensitive as of December 31, 2019. Refer to the Net Interest Income Sensitivity table for additional details on the Company’s 
interest rate sensitivity. 

The Bank also uses derivative financial instruments to manage risk to the Bank associated with changing interest rates, and to assist 
customers with their risk management objectives. The Bank enters into interest rate swaps with certain qualifying commercial loan customers to 
meet their interest rate risk management needs. The net result of these interest rate swaps is that the customer pays a fixed rate of interest and the 
Bank receives a floating rate thus allowing the Bank another tool to further manage the interest rate risk for certain products. These back-to-back 
loan swaps qualify as financial derivatives with fair values reported in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.   

We believe that our current interest rate exposure is manageable and does not indicate any significant exposure to interest rate changes. 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

52 

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors 
MainStreet Bancshares, Inc. 
Fairfax, Virginia 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition  of  MainStreet  Bancshares,  Inc.  and  its  Subsidiary  (the 
Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and 
cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our 
opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 
2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted 
in the United States of America. 

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s 
financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the  Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and 
the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is 
not required to have, nor were we  engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we  are 
required  to  obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. 

Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or 
fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the 
amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.  

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2008. 

Richmond, Virginia 
March 23, 2020 

53 

Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Consolidated Financial Statements   

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Assets 

Cash and due from banks 
Federal funds sold 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value 
Investment securities held-to-maturity 
Restricted securities, at cost 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $9,584 and $8,831, respectively 
Premises and equipment, net 
Other real estate owned, net 
Accrued interest and other receivables 
Bank owned life insurance 
Other assets 

Total Assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 
Liabilities 

Non-interest bearing deposits 
Interest bearing demand deposits 
Savings and NOW deposits 
Money market deposits 
Time deposits 

Total deposits 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Subordinated debt, net 
Other liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

Stockholders’ Equity 

    $ 

    $ 

    $ 

At December 31, 
2019 

At December 31, 
2018 

53,376        $ 
11,468           
64,844           
92,791           
23,914           
6,157           
1,030,425           
14,153           
1,207           
5,420           
24,562           
13,885           
1,277,358        $ 

252,707        $ 
53,707           
63,015           
141,337           
560,857           
1,071,623           
40,000           
14,805           
13,896           
1,140,324           

27,886    
30,190    
58,076    
55,979    
26,178    
5,894    
917,125    
14,222    
—    
5,148    
14,064    
3,927    
1,100,613    

211,749    
60,588    
51,371    
138,152    
458,277    
920,137    
40,000    
14,776    
4,449    
979,362    

Preferred stock, $1.00 par value, 2,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and 
      outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 
Common stock, $4.00 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding 
      8,260,259 shares (including 160,961 nonvested shares) for December 31, 2019 and 
      8,177,978 shares (including 133,869 nonvested shares) for December 31, 2018 
Capital surplus 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss) 
Total Stockholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

—           

—    

32,397           
75,117           
29,097           
423           
137,034           
1,277,358        $ 

32,176    
74,256    
15,186    
(367 ) 
121,251    
1,100,613   

    $ 

See Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements 

54 

 
   
   
      
   
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
             
      
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
Audited Consolidated Statements of Income for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Dollars in thousands, except 

per share data). 

For the Year 
Ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Interest Income 

Interest and fees on loans 
Interest on investments securities 
Interest on federal funds sold 

Total Interest Income 
Interest Expense 

Interest on interest bearing DDA deposits 
Interest on savings and NOW deposits 
Interest on money market deposits 
Interest on time deposits 
Interest on federal fund purchases 
Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Interest on subordinated debt 

Total Interest Expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for Loan Losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Non-Interest Income 

Deposit account service charges 
Bank owned life insurance income 
Loan swap fee income 
Net gain on available-for-sale securities 
Net gain on sale of loans 
Other fee income 

Total Non-Interest Income 
Non-Interest Expense 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Furniture and equipment expenses 
Advertising and marketing 
Occupancy expenses 
Outside services 
Franchise tax 
FDIC insurance 
Data processing 
Administrative expenses 
Other operating expenses 
Total Non-Interest Expense 
Income before income taxes 
Income Tax Expense 
Net Income 
Net Income per common share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

    $ 

    $ 

    $ 
    $ 

55,208        $ 
2,202           
1,403           
58,813           

998           
289           
2,379           
14,196           
1           
548           
966           
19,377           
39,436           
1,618           
37,818           

1,668           
498           
989           
5           
566           
1,136           
4,862           

15,776           
1,728           
906           
864           
863           
1,229           
680           
995           
731           
1,604           
25,376           
17,304           
3,354           
13,950        $ 

1.69        $ 
1.69        $ 

41,270    
1,470    
1,095    
43,835    

900    
251    
1,708    
8,065    
6    
770    
966    
12,666    
31,169    
3,126    
28,043    

1,103    
427    
713    
—    
—    
996    
3,239    

11,845    
1,859    
614    
736    
838    
685    
733    
811    
576    
1,282    
19,979    
11,303    
2,094    
9,209    

1.38    
1.38   

See Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements 

55 

 
   
   
   
   
   
      
   
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
             
      
 
Audited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Dollars in 

thousands) 

Comprehensive Income, net of taxes 
Net Income 
Other comprehensive gain (loss), net of tax: 

Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities arising 
      during the period (net of tax (benefit), $206 and ($103), respectively) 
Less: reclassification adjustment for securities gains included in 
      net income (net of tax, ($1) and $0,    respectively) 
Add: reclassification adjustment for amortization of unrealized 
      losses on securities transferred from available for sale to held 
      to maturity (net of tax, $6 and $7, respectively) 

Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Comprehensive Income 

For the Year 
Ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

    $ 

13,950        $ 

9,209    

772           

(4 )        

22           
790           
14,740        $ 

(375 ) 

—    

28    
(347 ) 
8,862   

    $ 

See Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements 

Audited  Consolidated  Statements  of  Stockholders’  Equity  for  the  Twelve  Months  Ended  December 31,  2019  and  2018  (Dollars  in 

thousands). 

    Common 

Stock 

Capital 
Surplus 

       Retained 
       Earnings 

Accumulated 
Other 
      Comprehensive          
Loss 

Balance, December 31, 2017 
Proceeds from sale of common stock, net of issuance costs 
Vesting of restricted stock 
Stock based compensation expense 
Stock dividend 
Cash in lieu of fractional shares 
Net income 
Other comprehensive loss 
Balance, December 31, 2018 

   $ 

   $ 

21,442       $ 
9,474          
182          
—          
1,078          
—          
—          
—          
32,176       $ 

35,693       $ 
33,238          
(182 )       
883          
4,624          
—          
—          
—          
74,256       $ 

11,686       $ 
—          
—          
—          
(5,702 )       
(7 )       
9,209          
—          
15,186        $ 

(20 )    $ 
—          
—          
—          
—          
—          
—          
(347 )       
(367 )    $ 

Balance, December 31, 2018 
Vesting of restricted stock 
Stock based compensation expense 
Net income 
Other changes related to restricted stock awards 
Other comprehensive income 
Balance, December 31, 2019 

    Common 

Stock 

Capital 
Surplus 

       Retained 
       Earnings 

Accumulated 
Other 
      Comprehensive          
       Income(Loss)        

   $ 

   $ 

32,176       $ 
221          
—          
—          
—          
—          
32,397       $ 

74,256       $ 
(221 )       
1,043          
—          
39          
—          
75,117       $ 

15,186       $ 
—          
—          
13,950          
(39 )       
—          
29,097       $ 

(367 )    $ 
—          
—          
—          
—          
790          
423       $ 

Total 

68,801    
42,712    
—    
883    
—    
(7 ) 
9,209    
(347 ) 
121,251    

Total 
121,251    
—    
1,043    
13,950    
—    
790    
137,034   

See Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements 

56 

 
   
   
   
   
   
      
   
       
             
      
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
 
 
   
      
            
            
         
         
      
   
      
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
   
         
   
         
   
      
         
   
   
   
      
   
   
   
   
      
   
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
Audited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Dollars in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31, 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

Net income 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

2019 

2018 

    $ 

13,950        $ 

9,209    

Depreciation, amortization, and accretion, net 
Deferred income tax benefit 
Provision for loan losses 
Stock based compensation expense 
Income from bank owned life insurance 
Subordinated debt amortization expense 
(Gain) Loss on disposal of premises and equipment 
Gain on sale of available-for-sale securities 
Change in: 

Accrued interest receivable and other receivables 
Other assets 
Other liabilities 
Net cash provided by operating activities 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities 

Activity in available-for-sale securities: 

Payments 
Maturities, sales, called, refunded 
Purchases 

Activity in held-to-maturity securities: 

Purchases 
Maturities, called, refunded 

Purchases of restricted investment in bank stock 
Redemption of restricted investment in bank stock 
Net increase in loan portfolio 
Purchases of bank owned life insurance 
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment 
Purchases of premises and equipment 

Net cash used in investing activities 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities 
Net increase in non-interest deposits 
Net increase in interest bearing demand, savings, and time deposits 
Net decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings 
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares 
Net proceeds from sale of common stock, net of offering costs 

Net cash provided by financing activities 
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period 
Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period 
Supplementary Disclosure of Cash Flow Information 

Cash paid during the period for interest 
Cash paid during the period for income taxes 
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities 

Transfers from loans to other real estate owned 

Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale 

    $ 

    $ 
    $ 

    $ 

    $ 
    $ 

See Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements 

57 

1,593           
(462 )        
1,618           
1,043           
(498 )        
29           
(67 )        
(5 )        

(250 )        
(9,706 )        
9,447           
16,692           

4,831           
134,844           
(175,894 )        

—           
2,110           
(5,109 )        
4,846           
(116,125 )        
(10,000 )        
77           
(990 )        
(161,410 )        

40,958           
110,528           
—           
—           
—           
151,486           
6,768           
58,076           
64,844        $ 

19,498        $ 
4,159        $ 

6,693        $ 

1,207        $ 
967        $ 

1,669    
(1,036 ) 
3,126    
883    
(427 ) 
29    
109    
—    

(1,299 ) 
(1,153 ) 
1,481    
12,591    

4,254    
115,000    
(124,915 ) 

(500 ) 
1,655    
(6,163 ) 
4,510    
(265,912 ) 
—    
31    
(1,375 ) 
(273,415 ) 

40,177    
212,305    
(13,780 ) 
(7 ) 
42,712    
281,407    
20,583    
37,493    
58,076    

12,068    
2,620    
—    
—    
(489 ) 

 
   
      
   
       
   
          
   
   
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
       
             
      
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
             
      
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
             
      
 
MAINSTREET BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY 
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1. Organization, Basis of Presentation and Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

Organization 

MainStreet Bancshares Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia whose 
principal activity is the ownership and management of MainStreet Bank. On May 18, 2016, the stockholders of MainStreet Bank (the “Bank”) 
approved  a  Reorganization  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Share  Exchange  (“Reorganization”)  whereby  the  Bank  would  reorganize  into  a  holding 
company structure. The Plan of Share Exchange called for each outstanding share of Bank common stock to be automatically converted into and 
exchanged for one share of the Company’s common stock, and the common stockholders of the Bank would become the common stockholders of 
the Company on the effective date of the Reorganization. The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of common stock with a par 
value of $4.00 per share. Additionally, the Company is authorized to issue 2,000,000  shares of preferred stock at a par value $1.00 per share. 
There is currently no preferred stock outstanding.   

On July 15, 2016, the Reorganization became effective, and the Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The holding company 
is regulated under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”) and is subject to inspection, examination, and supervision 
by the Federal Reserve Board. 

On April 18, 2019, the Company completed the registration of its common stock with the Securities Exchange Commission through its filing of a 
General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10 (“Form 10”), pursuant to Section   12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The 
Company is considered an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart  Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the “JOBS Act,” and as 
defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act.” We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined 
in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. As such, we may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements in future reports that 
we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC.” 

We were approved to list shares of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under our current symbol “MNSB” as of April 22, 2019. 

MainStreet  Bank  is  headquartered  in  Fairfax,  Virginia  where  it  also  operates  a  branch.  The  Bank  was  incorporated  on  March 28,  2003  and 
received its charter from the Bureau of Financial Institutions of the Commonwealth  of Virginia (the “Bureau”) on March 16, 2004. The Bank 
commenced regular operations on May 26, 2004 and is supervised by the Bureau and the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. The Bank is a 
member of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Bank places special emphasis on serving the needs of 
individuals, and small and medium-sized business and professional concerns in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. 

Basis of Presentation   

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America (“US GAAP”) as applicable to a smaller reporting company. 

Principles  of  Consolidation  –  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  accounts  of the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  the 
Bank. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Cash and cash equivalents – For the purpose of presentation in the Statements of Cash Flows, the Bank has defined cash and cash equivalents as 
those amounts included in the balance sheet captions “Cash and due from banks” and “Federal funds sold.” 

Investment securities – The Bank’s investment securities are classified as either held to maturity, available for sale or trading. At December 31, 
2019  and  December 31,  2018,  the  Bank  held  approximately  $23.9 million  and  $26.2 million,  respectively,  in  securities  classified  as  held  to 
maturity.  The  Bank  held  no  securities  classified  as  trading.  Municipal  securities  that  were  originally  purchased  as  available  for  sale  were 
transferred to held to maturity during 2013. The unrealized loss on the securities transferred to held to maturity is being amortized over the 
expected  life  of  the  securities.  At  December 31,  2019  and December 31,  2018,  the  unamortized  unrealized  loss  was  $81,076  and  $109,420, 
respectively, before tax, and remains in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. 

Securities which are not classified as held to maturity or trading are classified as securities available for sale. Securities available for sale  are 
reported  at  fair  value.  Any  unrealized  gain  or  loss,  net  of  applicable  income  taxes,  is  reported  as  a  separate  addition  to  or  reduction  from 
stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses arising from the sale of securities available for sale are recognized based on the specific identification 
method on a trade-date basis and included in results of operations. 

Securities held to maturity  includes securities purchased with the ability and positive  intent to hold to maturity. Debt securities are stated at 
historical  cost  adjusted  for  amortization  of  premiums  and  accretion  of  discount.  Any  investment  security,  for  which  there  has  been  a  value 
impairment deemed by management to be other than temporary, is written down to its estimated fair value with a charge to current operations. 

58 

 
Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Declines in the fair 
value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as 
realized losses. In determining whether other-than-temporary impairment exists, management considers many factors, including (1) the length of 
time  and  the  extent  to  which  the  fair  value  has  been  less  than  cost,  (2) the  financial  condition  and  near-term  prospects  of  the  issuer,  and 
(3) whether the Bank intends to sell the security, whether it is more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the security before 
recovery of its amortized cost basis, and whether the Bank expects to recover the security’s entire amortized cost basis. Gains and losses on the 
sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method. 

Restricted equity securities consist of the  Federal Reserve  Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) stock in the  amount of 
$3.3 million and $2.7 million respectively, as of December 31, 2019, compared to $3.3 million and $2.4 million, respectively, as of December 31, 
2018. Restricted equity securities also consisted of $126,800 in Community Bankers Bank stock at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. 
This restricted stock is recorded at cost because its ownership is restricted and it lacks a market for resale. The Bank is required to maintain 
Federal Reserve Bank stock at a level of 6% of capital and surplus. The FHLB requires the Bank to maintain stock, at a minimum, in an amount 
equal to 4.5% of outstanding borrowings and 0.20% of total assets. When evaluating restricted stock for impairment, its value is based on ultimate 
recoverability  of  the  par  value  rather  than  by  recognizing  temporary  declines  in  value. The  Bank  does  not  consider  these  investments  to  be 
impaired at December 31, 2019 or December 31, 2018 and no previous impairment has been recognized. 

Loans - The Bank makes commercial and consumer loans to customers. Our recorded investment in loans that management has the intent and 
ability  to  hold  for  the  foreseeable  future,  or  until  maturity  or  pay-off,  generally  are  reported  at  their  unpaid  principal  balances  adjusted  for 
charge-offs, unearned discounts, any deferred fees or costs on originated loans, and the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is credited to 
operations  based  on  the  principal  amount  outstanding.  Loan  fees  and  origination  costs  are  deferred  and  the  net  amount  is  amortized  as  an 
adjustment of the related loan’s yield using the effective interest method. The Bank is amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the 
related loans. 

A loan’s past due status is based on the contractual due date of the most delinquent payment due. All loans which are 30 or more days past due at 
the end of the month are reported to the Board of Directors. Commercial loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of 
principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, or earlier, if collection is uncertain based on an evaluation of the net realizable value of the 
collateral and the financial strength of the borrower. Consumer loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or 
interest is 120 days or more past due, or earlier, if collection is uncertain based on an evaluation of the net realizable value of the collateral and the 
financial strength of the borrower. Loans greater than 90 days past due may remain on accrual status if management determines it has adequate 
collateral  to  cover  the  principal  and  interest.  For  those  loans  that  are  carried  on  nonaccrual  status,  payments  are  first  applied  to  principal 
outstanding.  A  loan  may  be  returned  to  accrual  status  if  the  borrower  has  demonstrated  a  sustained  period  of  repayment  performance  in 
accordance with the contractual terms of the loan and there is reasonable assurance the borrower will continue to make payments as agreed. It is 
Bank policy to charge-off loans whose collectability is sufficiently questionable and can no longer be justified as an asset on the balance sheet. To 
determine if a loan should be charged-off, all possible sources of repayment are analysed, including: (1) the potential for future cash flow, (2) the 
value of the Bank’s collateral, and (3) the strength of co-makers or guarantors. All principal and previously accrued interest is charged to the 
allowance for loan losses. All future payments received on the loan are credited to the allowance for loan losses as a recovery. These policies are 
applied consistently across our loan portfolio. 

Impairment of a loan - The Bank considers a loan impaired when it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all interest and principal 
payments as scheduled in the loan agreement when due. A loan is not considered impaired during a period of an insignificant delay in payment if 
the ultimate collectability of all amounts due is expected. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for all commercial, construction and 
residential loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable 
market  price  or  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  if  the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.  Consistent  with  the  Bank’s  method  for  nonaccrual  loans, 
payments  on  impaired  loans  are  first  applied  to  principal  outstanding.  Smaller  balance  consumer  loans  are  not  individually  evaluated  for 
impairment. 

Troubled Debt Restructuring (TDR) occurs when the Bank agrees to modify the original terms of a loan due to the deterioration in the financial 
condition of the borrower. TDRs are considered impaired loans. Upon designation as a TDR, the Bank evaluates the borrower’s payment history, 
past due status and ability to make payments based on the revised terms of the loan. If a loan was accruing prior to being modified as a TDR and 
if the Bank concludes that the borrower is able to continue making such payments, and there are no other factors or circumstances that would 
cause it to conclude otherwise, the loan will remain on an accruing status. If a loan was on nonaccrual status at the time of the TDR, the loan will 
remain on nonaccrual status following the modification and may be returned to accrual status based on the policy for returning loans to accrual 
status as noted above. Restructured loans for which there was no rate concession, and therefore made at a market rate of interest, may be eligible 
to be removed from TDR status in periods subsequent to the restructuring depending on the performance of the loan. As of December 31, 2019, 
and December 31, 2018, the Bank had approximately $1.5 million and $3.4 million of loans classified as TDR, respectively. At December 31, 
2019 and December 31, 2018, TDR loans consisted of one and two loans, respectively. The one currently identified TDR loan in the amount of 
approximately $1.5 million is currently performing in accordance with its modified terms.    

59 

 
Allowance for Loan Losses - The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. 
Loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses for the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the estimated net 
realizable value or fair value of the collateral, if collateral dependent, when: 

•  Management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely regardless of delinquency status. 

• 

• 

• 

The loan is a consumer loan and is 120 days past due. 

The loan is a non-consumer loan, unless the loan is well secured and recovery is probable. 

The borrower is in bankruptcy, unless the debt has been reaffirmed, is well secured and recovery is probable. 

Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. 

The allowance represents an amount that, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. 
Management’s  judgment  in  determining  the  level  of  the  allowance  is  based  on  evaluations  of  the  collectability  of  loans  while  taking  into 
consideration such factors as trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic 
conditions that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay and the value of collateral, overall portfolio quality and review of specific potential losses. 
This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. 
The evaluation also considers the following risk characteristics of each loan portfolio segment: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Real estate residential mortgage loans, including equity lines of credit, carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of 
the borrower and the changes in the value of the collateral. 

Real estate construction loans and land improvement carry risks that the project will not be finished according to schedule, the project 
will not be finished according to budget and the value of the collateral may, at any point in time, be less than the principal amount of 
the loan. Construction loans also bear the risk that the general contractor, who may or may not be a loan customer, may be unable to 
finish the construction project as planned because of financial pressure unrelated to the project. 

Commercial real estate loans carry risks of the client’s ability to repay the loan from the cash flow derived from the underlying real 
estate. Risks inherent in managing a commercial real estate portfolio relate to sudden or gradual drops in property values as well as 
changes  in  the  economic  climate.  Real  estate  security  diminishes  risks  only  to  the  extent  that  a  market  exists  for  the  subject 
collateral. These  risks  are  attempted  to  be  mitigated  by  carefully  underwriting  loans  of  this  type  and  by  following  appropriate 
loan-to-value standards. 

Commercial and industrial loans carry risks associated with the successful operation of a business or a real estate project, in addition 
to  other  risks  associated  with  the  ownership  of  real  estate,  because  the  repayment  of  these  loans  may  be  dependent  upon  the 
profitability and cash flows of the business or project. In addition, there is risk associated with the value of collateral other than real 
estate which may depreciate over time and cannot be appraised with as much precision. 

Consumer secured loans (indirect lending) carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and the value 
of  the  collateral  (e.g.,  rapidly-depreciating  assets  such  as  automobiles).  These  risks  are  attempted  to  be  mitigated  by  following 
appropriate loan-to-value standards and an experienced management team for this type of portfolio. 

Consumer  unsecured  loans  (credit  cards)  carry risks  associated  with  the  continued  credit-worthiness  of  the borrower.  Consumer 
unsecured loans are more likely to be immediately adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. 

The  allowance  consists  of  specific  and  general  components.  The  specific  component  relates  to  loans  that  are  classified  as  impaired  and  is 
established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value 
of that loan. For collateral dependent loans, an updated appraisal will be ordered if a current one is not on  file. Appraisals are performed by 
independent third-party appraisers with the relevant industry experience. Adjustments to the appraised value may be made based on recent sales 
of like properties or general market conditions when appropriate. The general component covers non-classified or performing loans and those 
loans classified as substandard or special mention that are not impaired. The general component is based on historical loss experience adjusted for 
qualitative factors, such as current economic conditions, including current home sales and foreclosures, unemployment rates and retail sales. 
Non-impaired classified loans are assigned a higher allowance factor based on an internal migration analysis, which increases with the severity of 
classification, than non-classified loans. The characteristics of the loan ratings are as follows: 

• 

Pass rated loans are to persons or business entities with an acceptable financial condition, appropriate collateral margins, appropriate 
cash flow to service the existing loan, and an appropriate leverage ratio. The borrower has paid all obligations as agreed and it is 
expected that this type of payment history will continue. When necessary, acceptable personal guarantors support the loan. 

•  Watch rated loans have all the characteristics of pass rated loans but show signs of emerging financial weaknesses which the Bank 

will continue monitoring more closely. Watch rated loans are still performing as agreed. 

• 

Special mention loans have a specific defined weakness in the borrower’s operations and the borrower’s ability to generate positive 
cash flow on a sustained basis. The borrower’s recent payment history is characterized by late payments. The Bank’s risk exposure is 
mitigated by collateral supporting the loan. The collateral is considered to be well-margined, well maintained, accessible and readily 
marketable. 

60 

• 

• 

• 

Substandard loans are considered to have specific and well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the viability of the Bank’s credit 
extension. The payment history for the loan has been inconsistent and the expected or projected primary repayment source may be 
inadequate to service the loan. The estimated net liquidation value of the collateral pledged and/or ability of the personal guarantor(s) 
to  pay  the  loan  may  not  adequately  protect  the  Bank.  There  is  a  distinct  possibility  that  the  Bank  will  sustain  some  loss  if  the 
deficiencies  associated  with  the  loan  are  not  corrected  in  the  near  term.  A  substandard  loan  would  not  automatically  meet  our 
definition  of  impaired  unless  the  loan  is  significantly  past  due  and  the  borrower’s  performance  and  financial  condition  provide 
evidence that it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts when due. 

Doubtful rated loans have all the weaknesses inherent in a loan that is classified substandard but with the added characteristics that 
the  weaknesses  make  collection  or  liquidation  in  full,  on  the  basis  of  currently  existing  facts,  conditions  and  values,  highly 
questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high. 

Loss  rated  loans  are  not  considered  collectible  under  normal  circumstances  and  there  is  no  realistic  expectation  for  any  future 
payment on the loan. Loss rated loans are fully charged off. 

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) - Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair 
value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, management periodically performs 
valuations of the foreclosed assets based on updated appraisals, general market conditions, and recent sales of like properties, length of time the 
properties have been held and our ability and intention with regard to continued ownership of the properties. The Bank may incur additional 
write-downs  of  foreclosed  assets  to  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  if  valuations  indicate  a  further  deterioration  in  market  values.  Revenue  and 
expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets and improvements are 
capitalized. 

Interest income on loans – Interest on loans is accrued and credited to income on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding. The accrual 
of interest on loans is discontinued when, in the opinion of management, there is an indication that the borrower may be unable to meet payments 
as they become due. Upon such discontinuance, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. 

Generally, the Bank will return a loan to accrual status when all delinquent interest and principal becomes current and remains current for six 
consecutive months under the terms of the loan agreement or the loan is well-secured or in process of collection. Upon returning to accrual status, 
interest payments applied to the principal balance of a loan while in nonaccrual status are recognized as a yield adjustment over the remaining life. 

Loan origination and commitment fees and certain related direct costs - Loan origination and commitment fees charged by the Bank and certain 
direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net amount is amortized as a yield adjustment. The Bank amortizes these net amounts over the 
life of the related loans or, in the case of demand loans, over the estimated life. Net fees related to standby letters of credit are recognized over the 
commitment period. 

Premises and equipment – Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization 
computed  principally  on  the  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  life  of  each  asset,  which  ranges  from  3  to  39  years.  Leasehold 
improvements are amortized over the shorter of the related lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Construction in progress 
includes assets which will be reclassified and depreciated once placed into service. 

Income taxes – The Bank uses an asset and liability approach in financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets 
and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or 
deductible amounts in the future. The principal items relate primarily to differences between the allowance for loan losses, deferred loan fees, and 
accumulated depreciation and amortization. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount 
expected to be realized. Income tax expense (benefit) is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in 
deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while 
others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The 
benefit  of  a  tax  position  is  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  in  the  period  during  which,  based  on  all  available  evidence,  management 
believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, 
if  any.  Tax  positions  taken  are  not  offset  or  aggregated  with  other  positions.  Tax  positions  that  meet  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition 
threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable 
taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected 
as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits  in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be 
payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. As of December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, there were no such liabilities recorded. 

Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, would be classified as additional income taxes in the statement of income. 

Comprehensive income – Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. 
Although, certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, are reported as a separate 
component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income. 

61 

 
Stock  compensation  plans  –  Stock  compensation  accounting  guidance  (FASB  ASC  718,  “Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation”)  requires 
that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in financial statements. That cost will be measured based 
on the grant date fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. 

The  stock  compensation  accounting  guidance  requires  that  compensation  cost  for  all  stock  awards  be  calculated  and  recognized  over  the 
employees’  service  period,  generally  defined  as  the  vesting  period.  For  awards  with  graded-vesting,  compensation  cost  is  recognized  on  a 
straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. A Black-Sholes model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options, 
while the market price of the Bank’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. No stock options were granted during 
2019 and 2018. 

Earnings per share – Net income per common share has been determined under the provisions of FASB ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share” and has 
been  computed  based  on  the  weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  (8,251,302  for  2019  and 
6,652,979 for 2018 as adjusted for a 5% stock dividend issued April 30, 2018). Diluted earnings per share reflect additional potential common 
shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would 
result from the assumed issuance. 

The only potential dilutive stock of the Bank as defined in FASB ASC 260 would be stock options granted to various directors, officers, and 
employees of the Bank. There were no such options outstanding at December 31, 2019 or December 31, 2018. Restricted stock is included in the 
computation of basic earnings per share as the holder is entitled to full benefits of a stockholder during the vesting period. 

Off-balance sheet instruments – In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of 
commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial 
statements when they are funded, or related fees are incurred or received. 

Advertising and marketing expense – Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred. 

Use of estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at  the date of the 
financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from the estimates. 

The  Company’s  critical  accounting  policies  relate  to  (1) the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  (2) fair  value  of  financial  instruments,  (3) derivative 
financial  instruments,  (4) income  taxes,  and  (5)  other  real  estate  owned.  These  critical  accounting  policies  require  the  use  of  estimates, 
assumptions and judgments which are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements. Accordingly, as this information 
changes, future financial statements could reflect the use of different estimates, assumptions and judgments. Certain determinations inherently 
have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could 
be materially different than originally reported. In connection with the determination of the allowances for losses on loans and valuation of other 
real estate owned management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties. 

Fair value of financial instruments – Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, 
as more fully disclosed in Note 19. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment. Changes in assumptions or in 
market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. 

Derivative Financial Instruments – The Bank recognizes derivative financial instruments at fair value as either an other asset or other liability in 
the consolidated balance sheet. The Bank’s derivative financial instruments include interest rate swaps with certain qualifying commercial loan 
customers and dealer counterparties. Because the interest rate swaps with loan customers and dealer counterparties are not designated as hedging 
instruments, adjustments to reflect unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value of these instruments are reported as noninterest 
income or noninterest expense, as applicable. The Bank’s interest rate swaps with loan customers and dealer counterparties are described more 
fully in Note 18. 

Transfers of financial assets – Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control 
over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Bank – put presumptively beyond reach of the 
transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from 
taking  advantage  of  that  right)  to  pledge  or  exchange  the  transferred  assets,  and  (3) the  Bank  does  not  maintain  effective  control  over  the 
transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific 
assets. 

62 

Revenue Recognition 

During 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” and 
all amendments thereto (collectively, ASU 2014-09), which (i) creates a single framework for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers 
that fall within its scope and (ii) revises when it is appropriate to recognize a gain/loss from the transfer of nonfinancial assets, such as other real 
estate owned (OREO). The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 using the modified retrospective method applied to all contracts not completed as of 
January 1, 2018. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under ASU 2014-09. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 
did not result in a change to the accounting for any of the in-scope revenue streams; therefore, no cumulative effect adjustment was recorded. 

Most  revenue  associated  with  the  Company’s  financial  instruments,  including  interest  income  and  gains/losses  on  investment  securities, 
derivatives and sales of financial instruments are outside the scope of ASU 2014-09. The Company’s services that fall within the scope of ASU 
2014-09 are presented within noninterest income and are recognized as revenue. A description of the primary revenue streams accounted for 
under ASU 2014-09 follows: 

Service  Charges  on  Deposit  Accounts. The  Company  earns  fees  from  its  deposit  customers  for  overdraft  and  account  maintenance  services. 
Overdraft fees are recognized when the overdraft occurs. Account maintenance fees, which relate primarily to monthly maintenance, are earned 
over the course of a month, representing the period over which the company satisfies the performance obligation. 

Other Service Charges and Fees. The Company earns fees from its customers for transaction-based services. Such services include safe deposit 
box,  ATM,  stop  payment,  wire  transfer,  mortgage  origination  and  interest  rate  swap  fees.  In  each  case,  these  service  charges  and  fees  are 
recognized in income at the time or within the same period that the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied. 

Interchange Income. The Company earns interchange fees from debit and credit cardholder transactions conducted through various payment 
networks. Interchange fees from cardholder transactions represent a percentage of the underlying transaction value and are recognized daily, 
concurrently with the transaction processing services. 

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on 
Financial Instruments.”    The amendments in this ASU, among other things, require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial 
assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions 
and  other  organizations  will  now  use  forward-looking  information  to  better  inform  their  credit  loss  estimates.  Many  of  the  loss  estimation 
techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit 
losses. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with 
credit deterioration. The amendments in this ASU are effective for SEC filers for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, 
beginning after December 15, 2019. For public business entities that meet the definition of a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) 
filer, excluding smaller reporting companies, the standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim 
periods in those fiscal years.    All other entities will be required to apply the guidance for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, 
beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial 
statements. The Company has formed a Committee to oversee the accounting impact of this ASU. In anticipation of the ASU, the  Company is 
working with third party to compile data and develop an estimate using historical and qualitative data based on the requirements of ASU 2016-13.       

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure 
Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.”    The amendments modify the disclosure requirements in Topic 820 to add disclosures regarding 
changes in unrealized gains and losses, the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value 
measurements  and  the  narrative  description  of  measurement  uncertainty.  Certain  disclosure  requirements  in  Topic  820  are  also  removed  or 
modified. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Certain 
of the amendments are to be applied prospectively while others are to be applied retrospectively.    Early adoption is permitted. The Company 
does not expect the adoption of ASU 2018-13 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, 
Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments.” This ASU clarifies and improves areas of guidance related to the recently issued 
standards on credit losses, hedging, and recognition and measurement including improvements resulting from various Transition Resource Group 
(TRG) Meetings. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. 
Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2019-04 will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

63 

 
 
 
In  May  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-05,  “Financial  Instruments—Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Targeted  Transition  Relief.”    The 
amendments in this ASU provide entities that have certain instruments within the scope of Subtopic 326-20 with an option to irrevocably elect the 
fair value option in Subtopic 825-10, applied on an instrument-by-instrument basis for eligible instruments, upon the adoption of Topic 326. The 
fair  value  option  election  does  not  apply  to  held-to-maturity  debt  securities.  An  entity  that  elects  the  fair  value  option  should  subsequently 
measure those instruments at fair value with changes in fair value flowing through earnings.    The effective date and transition methodology for 
the amendments in ASU 2019-05 are the same as in ASU 2016-13.    The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2019-05 will have 
on its consolidated financial statements. 

In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-11, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses.”    This 
ASU addresses issues raised by stakeholders during the implementation of ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 
326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.”    Among other narrow-scope improvements, the new ASU clarifies guidance 
around  how  to  report  expected  recoveries.  “Expected  recoveries”  describes  a  situation  in  which  an  organization  recognizes  a  full  or  partial 
write-off of the amortized cost basis of a financial asset, but then later determines that the amount written off, or a portion of that amount, will in 
fact be recovered. While applying the credit losses standard, stakeholders questioned whether expected recoveries were permitted on assets that 
had  already  shown  credit  deterioration  at  the  time  of  purchase  (also  known  as  PCD  assets).    In  response  to  this  question,  the  ASU  permits 
organizations  to  record  expected  recoveries  on  PCD  assets.    In  addition  to  other  narrow  technical  improvements,  the  ASU  also  reinforces 
existing  guidance  that  prohibits  organizations  from  recording  negative  allowances  for  available-for-sale  debt  securities.  The  ASU  includes 
effective dates and transition requirements that vary depending on whether or not an entity has already adopted ASU 2016-13.    The Company is 
currently assessing the impact that ASU 2019-11 will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.”    The ASU is 
expected to reduce cost and complexity related to the accounting for income taxes by removing specific exceptions to general principles in Topic 
740 (eliminating the need for an organization to analyze whether certain exceptions apply in a given period) and improving financial statement 
preparers’ application of certain income tax-related guidance. This ASU is part of the FASB’s simplification initiative to make narrow-scope 
simplifications and improvements to accounting standards through a series of short-term projects.    For public business entities, the amendments 
are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years.    Early adoption is permitted. The 
Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2019-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, “Investments – Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures 
(Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) – Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815.”    The ASU is 
based on a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force and is expected to increase comparability in accounting for these transactions.    ASU 
2016-01 made targeted improvements to accounting for financial instruments, including providing an entity the ability to measure certain equity 
securities without a readily determinable fair value at cost, less any impairment, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in 
orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer. Among other topics, the amendments clarify that an entity should 
consider observable transactions that require it to either apply or discontinue the equity method of accounting. For public business entities, the 
amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years.    Early 
adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  does  not  expect  the  adoption  of  ASU  2020-01  to  have  a  material  impact  on  its  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

Effective  November  25,  2019,  the  SEC  adopted  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  (SAB)  119.    SAB  119  updated  portions  of  SEC  interpretative 
guidance to align with FASB ASC 326, “Financial Instruments  – Credit Losses.”    It covers topics including (1) measuring current expected 
credit  losses;  (2)  development,  governance,  and  documentation  of  a  systematic  methodology;  (3)  documenting  the  results  of  a  systematic 
methodology; and (4) validating a systematic methodology. 

Note 2. Restrictions on Cash 

To comply with Federal Reserve  regulations, the Bank is required to maintain certain average cash reserve balances. The daily average cash 
reserve requirements were approximately $17.1 million and $7.7 million for the weeks including December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, 
respectively. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 3. Investment Securities 

Investment securities available-for-sale was comprised of the following: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
U.S. Treasury Securities 
Collateralized Mortgage Backed 
Subordinated Debt 
Municipal Securities 
U.S. Governmental Agencies 

Total 

Investment securities held-to-maturity was comprised of the following: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Municipal Securities 
Subordinated Debt 

Total 

Amortized 
Cost 

   $ 

   $ 

49,999       $ 
17,659          
2,500          
13,888          
8,135          
92,181       $ 

December 31, 2019 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

       Fair Value 

—       $ 
82          
55          
743          
—          
880       $ 

(1 )    $ 
(68 )       
(1 )       
—          
(200 )       
(270 )    $ 

49,998    
17,673    
2,554    
14,631    
7,935    
92,791   

Amortized 
Cost 

   $ 

   $ 

22,414       $ 
1,500          
23,914       $ 

December 31, 2019 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

       Fair Value 

766       $ 
—          
766       $ 

(2 )    $ 
—          
(2 )    $ 

23,178    
1,500    
24,678   

Investment securities available-for-sale was comprised of the following: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
U.S. Treasury Securities 
Collateralized Mortgage Backed 
Subordinated Debt 
Municipal Securities 
U.S. Governmental Agencies 

Total 

Investment securities held-to-maturity was comprised of the following: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Municipal Securities 
Subordinated Debt 

Total 

Amortized 
Cost 

   $ 

   $ 

29,996       $ 
4,967          
2,000          
8,869          
10,515          
56,347       $ 

December 31, 2018 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

       Fair Value 

1       $ 
21          
15          
—          
—          
37       $ 

—       $ 
(95 )       
—          
(36 )       
(274 )       
(405 )    $ 

29,997    
4,893    
2,015    
8,833    
10,241    
55,979   

Amortized 
Cost 

   $ 

   $ 

24,678       $ 
1,500          
26,178       $ 

December 31, 2018 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

       Fair Value 

315       $ 
—          
315       $ 

(260 )    $ 
—          
(260 )    $ 

24,733    
1,500    
26,233   

The scheduled maturities of securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity at December 31, 2019 were as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Due in one year or less 
Due from one to five years 
Due from after five to ten years 
Due after ten years 

Total 

December 31, 2019 

Available-for-Sale 

Held-to-Maturity 

Amortized 
Cost 

       Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

       Fair Value 

   $ 

   $ 

50,014       $ 
—          
3,516          
38,651          
92,181       $ 

50,014       $ 
—          
3,578          
39,199          
92,791       $ 

—       $ 
831          
9,276          
13,807          
23,914       $ 

—    
854    
9,601    
14,223    
24,678   

65 

 
   
   
   
 
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
 
 
   
   
   
 
      
      
   
      
 
 
   
   
   
 
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
 
 
   
   
   
 
      
      
   
      
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
      
   
   
      
   
      
      
      
 
Securities with a fair value of $267,899 and $263,307 at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, were pledged to secure FHLB 
advances. 

There were seven securities sold from the available-for-sale portfolio for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019. There were no sales for 
the same period in 2018. 

The following tables summarize the fair value and unrealized losses at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, aggregated by investment 
category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Available-for-sale: 
U.S. Treasury Securities 
Collateralized Mortgage Backed 
Subordinated Debt 
U.S Governmental Agencies 

Total 

Held-to-maturity: 
Municipal securities 

Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Available-for-sale: 
U.S. Treasury Securities 
Collateralized Mortgage Backed 
Municipal Securities 
U.S Government Agencies 

Total 

Held-to-maturity: 
Municipal Securities 

Total 

Less than 12 Months 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

December 31, 2019 
12 Months or Longer 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

49,998       $ 
6,223          
499          
—          
56,720       $ 

(1 )    $ 
(67 )       
(1 )       
—          
(69 )    $ 

—       $ 
834          
—          
7,857          
8,691       $ 

—       $ 
(1 )       
—          
(200 )       
(201 )    $ 

49,998       $ 
7,057          
499          
7,857          
65,411       $ 

537       $ 
537       $ 

(2 )    $ 
(2 )    $ 

—       $ 
—       $ 

—       $ 
—       $ 

537       $ 
537       $ 

(1 ) 
(68 ) 
(1 ) 
(200 ) 
(270 ) 

(2 ) 
(2 ) 

Less than 12 Months 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

December 31, 2018 
12 Months or Longer 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

4,999       $ 
1,706          
3,683          
6,520          
16,908       $ 

—       $ 
(14 )       
(18 )       
(121 )       
(153 )    $ 

—       $ 
2,659          
1,588          
3,586          
7,833       $ 

—       $ 
(81 )       
(17 )       
(154 )       
(252 )    $ 

4,999       $ 
4,365          
5,271          
10,106          
24,741       $ 

—    
(95 ) 
(35 ) 
(275 ) 
(405 ) 

1,025       $ 
1,025       $ 

(5 )    $ 
(5 )    $ 

8,899       $ 
8,899       $ 

(255 )    $ 
(255 )    $ 

9,924       $ 
9,924       $ 

(260 ) 
(260 ) 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 
   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 
   $ 

The factors considered in evaluating securities for impairment include whether the Bank intends to sell the security, whether it is more likely than 
not that the Bank will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, and whether the Bank expects to recover the 
security’s entire amortized cost basis. These unrealized losses are primarily attributable to current financial market conditions for these types of 
investments, particularly changes in interest rates, causing bond prices to decline, and are not attributable to credit deterioration. 

66 

 
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
 
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
 
At December 31, 2019, there were two U.S. Treasury securities with a fair value of approximately $50.0 million, three collateralized mortgage 
backed securities with fair values totaling $6.2 million and one subordinated debt security with a fair value of $499,000 considered temporarily 
impaired  and  in  an  unrealized  loss  position  of  less  than  12  months.  At  December 31,  2019,  there  were  two  collateralized  mortgage  backed 
securities with a fair value totaling $834,000 and nine U.S. government agencies with fair values totaling approximately $7.9 million that were in 
an unrealized loss position of more than 12 months. At December 31, 2019, there was one held-to-maturity municipal security with a fair value of 
$537,000 in an unrealized loss position of less than 12 months. The Bank does not consider any of the securities in the available for sale or held to 
maturity portfolio to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. There were seven securities sold during 
2019; four were sold at a loss of $18,000 and three were sold at gain of $23,000 for a net gain of $5,000, and no securities were sold in 2018. 

All municipal securities originally purchased as available for sale were transferred to held to maturity during 2013. The unrealized loss on the 
securities transferred to held to maturity is being amortized over the expected life of the securities. The unamortized, unrealized loss, before tax, 
at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 was $81,076 and $109,420, respectively. 

Note 4. Loans Receivable 

Loans receivable were comprised of the following: 

  (Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate: 

Single family 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner-occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction and Land Development 
Commercial – Non Real-Estate: 
Commercial & industrial 
Consumer – Non Real Estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 

Total Gross Loans 
Less: unearned fees 
Less: unamortized discount on consumer secured loans 
Less: allowance for loan losses 
Net Loans 

December 31, 
2019 

December 31, 
2018 

   $ 

143,535       $ 
6,512          
801          

139,620    
9,182    
825    

134,116          
287,754          
272,620          

121,622    
256,139    
183,551    

121,225          

114,221    

599          
74,984          
       1,042,146          
(2,118 )       
(19 )       
(9,584 )       
   $  1,030,425       $ 

1,402    
100,875    
927,437    
(1,400 ) 
(81 ) 
(8,831 ) 
917,125   

The unsecured consumer loans above include $599,009 and $452,190 of overdrafts reclassified as loans for the years ended December 31, 2019 
and December 31, 2018, respectively. 

The Bank held no loans for sale at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. 

If interest on nonaccrual loans had been accrued, such income would have been $0 and $142,962 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 
and 2018. 

The following table presents nonaccrual loans by classes of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018: 

  (Dollars in thousands) 
Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner occupied 
Total 

December 31, 
2019 

December 31, 
2018 

   $ 
   $ 

—       $ 
—       $ 

1,939    
1,939   

67 

 
   
      
   
      
            
      
      
      
      
            
      
      
      
      
      
            
      
      
      
            
      
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
      
   
      
            
      
 
The following tables present the segments of the loan portfolio summarized by aging categories as of  December 31, 2019 and December 31, 
2018: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate: 

Single Family 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction & Land Development 
Commercial – Non Real Estate: 
Commercial & industrial 
Consumer – Non Real Estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 
Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate: 

Single Family 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction & Land Development 
Commercial – Non Real Estate: 
Commercial & industrial 
Consumer – Non Real Estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 
Total 

30-59 
Days Past 
Due 

60-89 
Days Past 
Due 

Greater 
than 90 
Days 

Total 

Past Due         Current 

Total 
Loans 

Receivable        Nonaccrual    

December 31, 2019 

   $ 

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          

150          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

—       $  143,535       $  143,535       $ 
—          
6,512          
—          
801          

6,512          
801          

150           133,966           134,116          
—           287,754           287,754          
—           272,620           272,620          

—          

—          

—          

—           121,225           121,225          

—          
124          
124       $ 

—          
—          
150       $ 

—          
—          
—       $ 

—          
599          
124          
74,984          
274       $ 1,041,872       $ 1,042,146       $ 

599          
74,860          

   $ 

—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
—    

—    

—    
—    
—   

30-59 
Days Past 
Due 

60-89 
Days Past 
Due 

Greater 
than 90 
Days 

Total 

Past Due         Current 

Total 
Loans 

Receivable       Nonaccrual    

December 31, 2018 

   $ 

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

—       $ 139,620       $ 139,620       $ 
—          
9,182          
—          
825          

9,182          
825          

—    
—    
—    

—           119,683           121,622          
—           256,139           256,139          
—           183,551           183,551          

1,939    
—    
—    

—          

—          

—          

—           114,221           114,221          

—    

50          
57          
107       $ 

9          
5          
14       $ 

11          
—          
11       $ 

1,332          

1,402          
70          
62           100,813           100,875          
132       $ 925,366       $ 927,437       $ 

—    
—    
1,939   

   $ 

The Company may grant a concession or modification for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial condition that it would not 
otherwise consider resulting in a modified loan that is then identified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). The Company may modify loans 
through rate reductions, extensions of maturity, interest only payments, or payment modifications to better match the timing of cash flows due 
under the modified terms with the cash flows from the borrowers’ operations. Loan modifications are intended to minimize the economic loss and 
to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral. TDRs are considered impaired loans for purposes of calculating the Company’s allowance 
for  loan  losses.  TDRs  are  restored  to  accrual  status  when  the  obligation  is  brought  current,  has  performed  in  accordance  with  the  modified 
contractual  terms for  a  reasonable  period of  time,  generally  six  months,  and  the ultimate  collectability  of  the  total  contractual  principal  and 
interest is no longer in doubt. 

The  Company  may  identify  loans  for  potential  restructure  primarily  through  direct  communication  with  the  borrower  and  evaluation  of  the 
borrower’s financial statements, revenue projections, tax returns, and credit reports. Even if the borrower is not presently in default, management 
will consider the likelihood that cash flow shortages, adverse economic conditions and negative trends may result in a payment default in the near 
future. 

As  of  December 31,  2019,  and  December 31,  2018,  the  Company  had  TDRs  totalling  $1.5 million  and  $3.4  million,  respectively. At 
December 31, 2019 the Company had one TDR which is performing in compliance with the restructured terms and on accrual status. During the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2019, the Company foreclosed on the collateral of one loan that was previously identified as a TDR. No other 
additional modifications occurred to TDR loans during the  twelve months ended December 31, 2019. No additional loan commitments were 
outstanding to these borrowers at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2019 there was no specific reserve related to 
TDR loans. As December 31, 2018, there was a specific reserve of $732,892 related to one TDR. 

68 

 
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
 
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
 
 
The following table details the Company’s TDRs that are on accrual status and non-accrual status at December 31, 2019: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate 
Total 

Number 
Of Loans 

As of December 31, 2019 
Non- 
Accrual 
Status 

Accrual 
Status 

1       $ 
1       $ 

1,482       $ 
1,482       $ 

       Total TDRs 

—       $ 
—       $ 

1,482    
1,482   

The following table details the Company’s TDRs that are on accrual status and non-accrual status at December 31, 2018: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate 
Commercial Real Estate 
Total 

Number 
Of Loans 

As of December 31, 2018 
Non- 
Accrual 
Status 

Accrual 
Status 

       Total TDRs 

1       $ 
1          
2       $ 

1,510       $ 
—          
1,510       $ 

—       $ 
1,939          
1,939       $ 

1,510    
1,939    
3,449   

No loans were modified under the terms of a TDR during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and there were no loans modified as 
TDR’s that subsequently defaulted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 that were modified as TDR’s within the twelve months 
prior to default. 

Note 5. Allowance for Loan Losses 

The following tables summarize the activity in the allowance for loan losses by loan class for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 
2018: 

Allowance for Credit Losses By Portfolio Segment 
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 

Real Estate 

Beginning Balance 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Provision 
Ending Balance 
Ending Balance: 
Individually evaluated for Impairment 
Collectively evaluated for Impairment 

   $ 

   $ 
   $ 

    Residential         Commercial       Construction        Consumer         Commercial       
   $ 

1,019       $ 
—          
58          
(47 )       
1,030       $ 

4,299       $ 
(733 )       
1          
687          
4,254       $ 

1,468       $ 
—          
—          
712          
2,180       $ 

827       $ 
(98 )       
5          
(166 )       
568       $ 

1,218       $ 
(98 )       
—          
432          
1,552       $ 

Total 

8,831    
(929 ) 
64    
1,618    
9,584    

—       $ 
1,030       $ 

—       $ 
4,254       $ 

—        $ 
2,180       $ 

—        $ 
568       $ 

—       $ 
1,552       $ 

—    
9,584   

69 

 
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
      
      
 
 
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
      
      
      
 
 
   
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
 
Allowance for Credit Losses By Portfolio Segment 
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 

Real Estate 

Beginning Balance 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Provision 
Ending Balance 
Ending Balance: 
Individually evaluated for Impairment 
Collectively evaluated for Impairment 

    Residential         Commercial       Construction        Consumer         Commercial       
   $ 

789       $ 
—          
—          
230          
1,019       $ 

2,339       $ 
—          
39          
1,921          
4,299       $ 

833       $ 
—          
—          
635          
1,468       $ 

742       $ 
(44 )       
3          
126          
827       $ 

1,002       $ 
—          
2          
214          
1,218       $ 

Total 

5,705    
(44 ) 
44    
3,126    
8,831    

—       $ 
1,019       $ 

733       $ 
3,566       $ 

—       $ 
1,468       $ 

—       $ 
827       $ 

—       $ 
1,218       $ 

733    
8,098   

   $ 

   $ 
   $ 

The  Company  maintains  a  general  allowance  for  loan  losses  based  on  evaluating  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  loan  portfolio,  including 
management’s  continuing  analysis  of  the  factors  underlying  the  quality  of  the  loan  portfolio.  These  factors  include  changes  in  the  size  and 
composition of the loan portfolio, actual loan loss experience, and current and anticipated economic conditions. The reserve is an estimate based 
upon factors and trends identified by management at the time the financial statements are prepared. 

The following tables summarize information in regards to the recorded investment in loans receivable by loan class as of December 31, 2019 and 
December 31, 2018: 

December 31, 2019 
Loans Receivable 

December 31, 2018 
Loans Receivable 

Ending 
Balance: 
Individually 
Evaluated 
for 

Impairment        

Ending 
Balance: 
Collectively 
Evaluated 
for 
Impairment 

Ending 
Balance 

   $ 

150,848       $ 
421,870          
272,620          
121,225          
75,583          
   $  1,042,146       $ 

1,482       $ 
—       $ 
—       $ 
—       $ 
—       $ 

149,366    
421,870    
272,620    
121,225    
75,583    
1,482       $  1,040,664   

Ending 
Balance: 
Individually 
Evaluated 
for 

Impairment        

Ending 
Balance: 
Collectively 
Evaluated 
for 
Impairment 

Ending 
Balance 

   $ 

   $ 

149,627       $ 
377,761          
183,551          
114,221          
102,277          
927,437       $ 

1,510       $ 
1,939          
—          
—          
—          
3,449       $ 

148,117    
375,822    
183,551    
114,221    
102,277    
923,988   

(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate 
Commercial Real Estate 
Construction and Land Development 
Commercial & Industrial 
Consumer 
Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate 
Commercial Real Estate 
Construction and Land Development 
Commercial & Industrial 
Consumer 
Total 

70 

 
   
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
 
 
   
   
   
      
   
      
      
      
      
 
   
   
   
      
   
      
      
      
      
 
The following table summarizes information in regard to impaired loans by loan portfolio class as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
With no related allowance recorded 

Residential Real Estate: 

Single family 

With an allowance recorded 
Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner occupied 

Total 

December 31, 2019 
Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance 

Recorded 
Investment        

December 31, 2018 
Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance 

Recorded 
Investment        

Related 
Allowance     

Related 
Allowance        

   $ 

1,482       $ 
1,482          

1,482       $ 
1,482          

—       $ 
—          

1,510       $ 
1,510          

1,510       $ 
1,510          

—    
—    

—          
—          
1,482       $ 

—          
—          
1,482       $ 

   $ 

—          
—          
—       $ 

1,939          
1,939          
3,449       $ 

1,939          
1,939          
3,449       $ 

733    
733    
733   

The following table presents additional information regarding the impaired loans for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
With no related allowance recorded 

Residential Real Estate: 

Single family 

With an allowance recorded 
Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner occupied 

Total 

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Average 
Record 
Investment 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

Average 
Record 
Investment 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

   $ 

1,495       $ 
1,495          

60       $ 
60          

1,526       $ 
1,526          

—          
—          
1,495       $ 

   $ 

—          
—          
60       $ 

1,939          
1,939          
3,465       $ 

62    
62    

—    
—    
62   

No additional funds are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired loans. There were no nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2019 and 
December 31, 2018 excluded from the impaired loan disclosure. 

Credit quality risk ratings include regulatory classifications of Pass, Watch, Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and Loss. Loans classified 
as Pass have quality metrics to support that the loan will be repaid according to the terms established. Loans classified as Watch have similar 
characteristics as Pass loans  with some emerging signs of financial weaknesses that should be monitored closer. Loans classified as Special 
Mention  have  potential  weaknesses  that  deserve  management’s  close  attention.  If  uncorrected,  the  potential  weaknesses  may  result  in 
deterioration  of  prospects  for  repayment.  Loans  classified  substandard  have  a  well-defined  weakness  or  weaknesses  that  jeopardize  the 
liquidation of the debt. They include loans that are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the 
collateral pledged, if any. Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified substandard with the added characteristic 
that collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current conditions and facts, is highly improbable. Loans classified  as a loss are considered 
uncollectible and are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Loans not classified are rated pass. 

71 

 
   
   
      
   
   
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
   
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
   
      
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
      
   
   
      
      
      
   
      
            
            
            
      
      
            
            
            
      
   
      
      
            
            
            
      
      
            
            
            
      
      
   
      
 
 
 
The following tables summarize the aggregate Pass and criticized categories of Watch, Special Mention, Substandard and Doubtful within the 
Company’s internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate: 

Single Family 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction & Land Development 
Commercial – Non Real Estate: 
Commercial & industrial 
Consumer – Non Real Estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 
Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Residential Real Estate: 

Single Family 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Commercial Real Estate: 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Construction & Land Development 
Commercial – Non Real Estate: 
Commercial & industrial 
Consumer – Non Real Estate: 

Unsecured 
Secured 
Total 

Note 6. Related Party Transactions 

Pass 

       Watch 

Special 
Mention 

       Substandard        Doubtful 

Total 

December 31, 2019 

   $  143,019       $ 
6,512          
801          

       133,966          
       287,754          
       272,620          

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

516       $ 
—          
—          

150          
—          
—          

—       $  143,535    
—          
6,512    
—          
801    

—           134,116    
—           287,754    
—           272,620    

       109,106          

3,772          

5,685          

2,662          

—           121,225    

599          
74,984          
   $ 1,029,361       $ 

—          
—          
3,772       $ 

—          
—          
5,685       $ 

—          
—          
3,328       $ 

—          
599    
—          
74,984    
—       $ 1,042,146   

Pass 

       Watch 

Special 
Mention 

       Substandard        Doubtful 

Total 

December 31, 2018 

   $  138,483       $ 
9,182          
825          

755       $ 
—          
—          

       117,906          
       256,139          
       183,551          

1,777          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          

—          
—          
—          

382       $ 
—          
—          

—       $  139,620    
—          
9,182    
—          
825    

—          
—          
—          

1,939           121,622    
—           256,139    
—           183,551    

       110,631          

1,333          

2,257          

—          

—           114,221    

1,402          
       100,875          
   $  918,994       $ 

—          
—          
3,865       $ 

—          
—          
2,257       $ 

—          
—          
382       $ 

—          
1,402    
—           100,875    
1,939       $  927,437   

The Bank grants loans and letters of credit to its executive officers, directors and their affiliated entities.    Such loans are made in the ordinary 
course of business on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for 
comparable  transactions  with  unrelated  persons,  and,  in  the  opinion  of  management,  do  not  involve  more  than  normal  risk  or  present  other 
unfavorable features. 

The aggregate amount of such loans outstanding at December 31, 2019 was approximately $998,469 compared to $1.1 million at December 31, 
2018. During 2019, new loans and line of credit advances to such related parties was approximately $211,630 compared to $159,975 during 2018.   
Repayments on loans to directors and officers were $288,320 and $1.4 million during 2019 and 2018, respectively. There was approximately 
$67,729 in loans that was no longer classified as related party credits. The Bank maintains deposit accounts with some of its executive officers, 
directors and their affiliated entities.    Such deposit accounts at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 amounted to approximately $1.4 
million and $3.2 million, respectively. 

72 

 
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
               
   
      
            
            
            
            
               
   
      
            
            
            
            
               
   
      
      
 
   
   
   
   
      
      
   
      
            
               
            
            
            
   
      
      
      
            
               
            
            
            
   
      
            
               
            
            
         
      
      
            
            
            
            
            
      
      
 
 
 
Note 7. Premises and Equipment   

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows at December 31: 

  (Dollars in thousands) 
Cost 

Building 
Land 
Leasehold improvements 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Computer software and equipment 

Less accumulated depreciation 
Construction in progress 
Premises and equipment, net 

2019 

2018 

   $ 

   $ 

12,347       $ 
2,856          
148          
2,509          
1,144          
19,004          
(5,218 )       
367          
14,153       $ 

12,347    
2,856    
148    
2,319    
1,082    
18,752    
(4,530 ) 
—    
14,222   

Depreciation  and  amortization  charged  to  operations  were  $1.0  million  and  $977,738  during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019  and 
December 31, 2018, respectively. 

Note 8. Deposits 

Time deposits in denominations of $250,000 or more totaled approximately $217.2 million and $117.3 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively.     

At December 31, 2019, maturities of time deposits are as follows: 

  (Dollars in thousands) 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
Thereafter 
Total 

Year ended 
December 31, 

280,050    
119,278    
66,840    
52,854    
41,835    
560,857   

   $ 

   $ 

Brokered deposits, as defined by the FDIC, totaled approximately $236.9 million and $140.8 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 
2018, respectively.     

Note 9. Borrowed Funds 

On July 23, 2015, the Bank entered into a nine-month callable fixed rate cred (“FRC”) floater with the FHLB in the amount of $10.0 million.   
Interest accrues at a rate of 2.58% with a maturity date of October 23, 2020.       

On December 31, 2019, the Bank entered into two daily rate credits (“DRC”) with the FHLB in the total amount of $30.0 million. Interest accrues 
at a rate of 1.78% with a maturity date of December 31, 2020.   

The Bank also has a credit availability agreement with the FHLB based on a percentage of total assets.    As of December 31, 2019, the credit 
availability  with  FHLB  is  approximately  $268.3  million.    This  credit  availability  agreement  provides  the  Bank  with  access  to  a  myriad  of 
advance  products  offered  by  the  FHLB.    The  rate  of  interest  charged  is  based  on  market  conditions.  At  December 31,  2019,  there  were 
commercial real estate,    residential 1-4 and multi-family loans totaling $292.9 million were used to collateralize FHLB advances.    There was 
one security pledged as collateral to secure FHLB advances for the amount of $267,899 at December 31, 2019.     

The following summarizes the contractual maturities of long-term FHLB advances at December 31, 2019: 

  (Dollars in thousands) 
2020 
Total 

   $ 
   $ 

40,000    
40,000   

73 

 
 
   
      
   
      
            
      
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
   
The average balance on FHLB advances for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 was approximately $21.2 million and 
$39.0 million, respectively.    The weighted average interest rate paid at December 31, 2019 and 2018 was 2.59% and 2.51%, respectively.    The 
weighted average rate of borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 was 1.98% and 1.98%, respectively. 

Note 10. Income Taxes 

The Company files tax returns in the U.S.  federal jurisdiction and required states. With few exceptions, the Bank is no longer subject to tax 
examination by tax authorities for years prior to 2015.     

The  Commonwealth of Virginia assesses a  Bank Franchise  Tax on banks instead of a state income tax. The Bank Franchise Tax expense is 
reported in non-interest expense and the tax’s calculation is unrelated to taxable income.   

The provision for income taxes consists of the following components: 

  (Dollars in thousands) 
Current expense 
Deferred (benefit) 
Total 

2019 

2018 

   $ 

   $ 

3,816       $ 
(462 )       
3,354       $ 

3,130    
(1,036 ) 
2,094   

Income tax expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 differed from the federal statutory rate applied to income before 
income taxes for the following reasons: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Computed “expected” income tax expense 
Increase (decrease)in income taxes resulting from: 

Non-deductible expense 
Tax exempt Interest 
BOLI Income 
State Income Taxes 
Restricted Stock Adjustment 
Other Adjustments 
Total 

Year ended December 31, 
2018 
2019 

   $ 

3,634       $ 

2,385    

36          
(242 )       
(105 )       
52          
(49 )       
28          
3,354       $ 

23    
(173 ) 
(90 ) 
—    
(51 ) 
—    
2,094   

   $ 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
   
      
 
 
   
   
   
   
      
   
      
            
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
 
The tax effects of temporary differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities as presented below: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Deferred tax assets: 

 $ 

Allowance for loan losses 
Restricted stock 
Nonaccrual interest 
Net loan fees 
Organizational costs 
Right-of-use asset 
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale 
Unrealized losses on securities transferred to held to maturity 
Other 
Gross deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Depreciation 
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale 
Prepaid expense 
Right-of-use liability 
Gross deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax asset 

 $ 

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

2,086    $ 
262  
—  
461  
7  
1,433  
—  
18  
25  
4,292  

115  
134  
14  
1,459  
1,722  
2,570    $ 

1,729  
199  
50  
294  
7  
—  
77  
23  
—  
2,379  

45  
—  
10  
—  
55  
2,324  

Note 11. Earnings Per Common Share 

Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average 
number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or 
other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock which then 
shared  in  the  earnings  of  the  Bank.  There  were  no  such  potentially  dilutive  securities  outstanding  in  2019  or  2018.  On  April 30,  2018,  the 
Company issued a 5% stock dividend to stockholders on record as of April 9, 2018. 

The weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share includes unvested restricted shares of the 
Company’s common stock outstanding. Applicable guidance requires that outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain voting 
rights and rights to non-forfeitable dividends participate in undistributed earnings with common stockholders. 

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data) 
Net income 
Weighted average number of shares issued, 

  basic and diluted (1) 
Net income per share: 
Basic and diluted income per share 

For the Year Ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

13,950  

 $ 

9,209  

8,251,302  

6,652,979  

 $ 

1.69  

 $ 

1.38  

(1)

All share and per share amounts for 2019 and 2018 reflect the effect of the 5% stock dividend on April 30, 2018.

75 

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies 

The Bank’s financial statements do not reflect various commitments and contingent liabilities which arise in the normal course of business and 
which involve elements of credit risk, interest risk and liquidity risk.    These commitments and contingent liabilities are commitments to extend 
credit and standby letters of credit. 

The amounts of loan commitments and standby letters of credit are set forth in the following table as of December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Loan commitments 
Standby letters of credit 

December 31, 

2019 
251,508       $ 
672       $ 

2018 
253,033    
712   

   $ 
   $ 

Commitments  to  extend  credit  and  standby  letters  of  credit  all  include  exposure  to  some  credit  loss  in  the  event  of  nonperformance  of  the 
customer.    The Bank’s credit policies and procedures for credit commitments and financial guarantees are the same as those for extensions of 
credit that are recorded on the statements of financial condition.    Because these instruments have fixed maturity dates, and because many of them 
expire without being drawn upon, they do not generally present any significant liquidity risk to the Bank.    The Bank has not incurred any losses 
on commitments in 2019 or 2018. 

Note 13. Leases 

On January 1, 2019, the  Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842)” and all subsequent ASUs that modified Topic 842. The 
Company elected the optional transition method provided by ASU 2018-11 and did not adjust prior periods for ASC 842. The Company also 
elected  certain  practical  expedients  within  the  standard  and  consistent  with  such  elections  did  not  reassess  whether  any  expired  or  existing 
contracts are or contain leases, did not reassess the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and did not reassess any initial direct 
costs for existing leases. As stated in the Company’s 2018 Form 10 registration document, the implementation of the new standard resulted in 
recognition of a right-of-use asset and lease liability of $2.7 million at the date of adoption, which is primarily related to the Company’s lease of 
premises  used  in  operations.  The  right-of-use  asset  and  lease  liability  are  included  in  other  assets  and  other  liabilities,  respectively,  in  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments and are presented at each reporting date as the net present value of 
the remaining contractual cash flows. Cash flows are discounted at the Company’s incremental borrowing rate in effect at the  commencement 
date of the lease. The incremental borrowing rate was equal to the rate of borrowing from the FHLB that aligned with the term of the lease 
contract. Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use the underlying asset for the lease term and are calculated as the sum of the lease 
liability and if applicable, prepaid rent, initial direct costs and any incentives received from the lessor. 

The Company’s long-term lease agreements are classified as operating leases. Certain of these leases offer the option to extend the lease term and 
the Company has included such extensions in its calculation of the lease liabilities to the extent the options are  reasonably assured of being 
exercised. The lease agreements do not provide for residual value guarantees and have no restrictions or covenants that would impact dividends or 
require incurring additional financial obligations. 

76 

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
      
   
 
 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 was $289,000. The 
Company adopted ASC 842 effective January 1, 2019. Prior to January 1, 2019, the Company measured lease expense in accordance with FASB 
ASC Topic 840. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized lease expense of $366,000 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Lease liabilities 
Right-of-use assets 
Weighted-average remaining lease term – operating leases 

  (in months). 

Weighted-average discount rate – operating leases 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Lease Cost 
Operating lease cost 
Total lease costs 
Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of lease 

  liabilities 

As of 
December 31, 
2019 

   $ 
   $ 

6,701  
6,585  

198.5  

3.13 % 

For the year 
ended 
December 31,
2019 

   $ 
   $ 

   $ 

366  
366  

289  

The  Company  is  the  lessor  for  three  operating  leases.  One  lease  is  extended  on  a  month-to-month  basis  while  two  of  these  leases  have 
arrangements for over twelve months with an option to extend the lease terms. The lease agreements do not provide for residual value guarantees 
and have no restrictions or covenants that would impact dividends or require incurring additional financial obligations. Total rent income on these 
operating leases is approximately $6,000 per month. 

As of December 31, 2019, all of the Company’s lease obligations are classified as operating leases. The Company does not have any finance lease 
obligations. 

A maturity analysis of operating lease liabilities and reconciliation of the undiscounted cash flows to the total of operating lease liabilities as of 
December 31, 2019 is as follows: 

  (Dollars in thousands) 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Thereafter 
Total undiscounted cash flows 
Discount 
Lease liabilities 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

327  
529  
543  
557  
572  
6,191  
8,719  
(2,018 ) 
6,701  

Minimum annual rental commitments under the lease obligations are as follows as of December 31, 2018: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
Thereafter 

 $ 

 $ 

202  
199  
184  
100  
572  
1,257  

77 

Note 14. Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk 

Substantially all the Bank’s loans, commitments and standby letters of credit have been granted to customers located in the greater Washington, 
D.C. Metropolitan Area. The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 4. 

The  Bank maintains its cash and federal funds sold in correspondent bank deposit accounts.    The amount on deposit at  December 31, 2019 
exceeded the insurance limits of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation by $25.5 million.    The Bank has not experienced any losses in such 
accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risks. 

Note 15. Regulatory Matters 

Information presented for December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, reflects the Basel III capital requirements that became effective January 1, 
2015 for the Bank. Under these capital requirements and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must  meet specific 
capital  guidelines  that  involve  quantitative  measures  of  the  Bank’s  assets,  liabilities  and  certain  off-balance-sheet  items  as  calculated  under 
regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by  regulators about 
components, risk- weightings and other factors. 

The Basel III Capital Rules, a comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations, became effective for the Company and the Bank 
on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions). Under the Basel III rules, the Company must hold a capital conservation 
buffer above the adequately capitalized risk-based capital ratios. The capital conservation buffer is being phased in from 0.0% for 2015 to 2.50% 
by 2019. The capital conservation buffer for 2019 is 2.50% and 1.875% for 2018. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure 
capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total capital, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, and Tier 1 
capital  (as  defined  in  the  regulations)  to  risk  weighted  assets  (as  defined),  and  of  Tier  1  capital  (as  defined)  to  average  assets  (as  defined). 
Management believes, as of December 31, 2019, the Company and the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. 

On September 17, 2019 the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation finalized a rule that introduces an optional simplified measure of capital 
adequacy  for qualifying  community banking organizations  (i.e.,  the  community bank  leverage ratio (CBLR)  framework),  as  required  by  the 
Economic  Growth,  Regulatory  Relief  and  Consumer  Protection  Act.  The  CBLR  framework  is  designed  to  reduce  burden  by  removing  the 
requirements for calculating and reporting risk-based capital ratios for qualifying community banking organizations that opt into the framework. 

In order to qualify for the CBLR framework, a community banking organization must have a tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 9  percent, less than 
$10  billion  in  total  consolidated  assets,  and  limited  amounts  of  off-balance-sheet  exposures  and  trading  assets  and  liabilities.  A  qualifying 
community banking organization that opts into the CBLR framework and meets all requirements under the framework will be considered to have 
met  the  well-capitalized  ratio  requirements  under  the  Prompt  Corrective  Action  regulations  and  will  not  be  required  to  report  or  calculate 
risk-based capital. 

The CBLR framework will be available for banks to use in their March 31, 2020, Call Report. The Company is currently evaluating whether to 
opt into the CBLR framework. 

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table (dollars in thousands): 

(Dollars in thousands) 
As of December 31, 2019 

Actual 

Capital Adequacy 
Purposes 

To Be Well Capitalized 
Under the Prompt 
Corrective Action 
Provision 

    Amount 

Ratio 

        Amount 

Ratio 

    Amount 

Ratio 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
   $  157,892          
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)    $  148,308          
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
   $  148,308          
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 
   $  148,308          

13.50 %    $  93,576       
12.68 %    $  52,636       
12.68 %    $  70,182       
12.12 %    $  48,937       

≥ 8.0%    $  116,970       
≥ 4.5%    $  93,576       
≥ 6.0%    $  93,576       
≥ 4.0%    $  61,171       

As of December 31, 2018 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
   $  142,360          
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)    $  133,529          
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
   $  133,529          
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 
   $  133,529          

13.75 %    $  82,807       
12.90 %    $  46,579       
12.90 %    $  62,105       
12.41 %    $  43,056       

≥ 8.0%    $  103,509       
≥ 4.5%    $  82,807       
≥ 6.0%    $  82,807       
≥ 4.0%    $  53,820       

≥ 10.0% 
≥ 8.0% 
≥ 8.0% 
≥ 5.0% 

≥ 10.0% 
≥ 8.0% 
≥ 8.0% 
≥ 5.0% 

78 

 
 
 
 
   
   
       
   
      
      
      
      
            
             
         
         
         
   
      
            
             
         
         
         
   
 
Note. 16 Defined Contribution Benefit Plan 

The Bank adopted a 401(k) defined contribution plan on October 1, 2004, which is administered by UBS Securities.    Participants have the right 
to contribute up to a maximum of 15% of pretax annual compensation or the maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Code, whichever is less.   
The Bank began making a matching contribution to the plan on January 1, 2010. The Bank matches dollar for dollar up to 3% of the employee’s 
contribution and then fifty cents on the dollar on the next two percentage points up to the employee contribution of 5%. The total amount the Bank 
matched during 2019 and 2018 was $465,064 and $332,762, respectively.     

Note 17. Stock Based Compensation Plan 

ASC  Topic  718,  Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation,  requires the Bank  to  recognize  expense  related  to  the  fair  value  of  share-based 
compensation awards in net income.    Total compensation expense for restricted stock recorded for the years ended  December 31, 2019 and 
December 31, 2018 were $1.0 million and $882,791, respectively. 

On May 17, 2006, the Bank’s stockholders approved the MainStreet Bank 2006 Incentive Stock Plan (the “2006 Plan”), which authorizes the 
granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units,  and stock awards to employees and non-employee 
directors.   Under the 2006 Plan, subject to capital adjustments, the maximum number of shares of the Bank’s common stock that may be issued is 
186,638 plus the number of shares of common stock represented by awards previously made under the MainStreet Bank 2004 Stock Option and 
Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”) that were outstanding on, and that expire or are otherwise terminated or forfeited after, May 17, 2006.   As a 
result of the stockholders’ approval of the 2006 Plan, no additional awards have been or will be made under the Bank’s 2004 Plan, although all 
awards  that  were  outstanding  under  the  2004  Plan  as  of  May  17,  2006  remained  outstanding  in  accordance  with  their  terms. There  are  no 
outstanding awards remaining under the 2004 Plan.   

On November 20, 2007, the Bank granted 112,500 shares of restricted stock in connection with employment agreements entered into with two 
executive officers during December 2007. The restricted stock awards were made outside of the 2006 Plan and are governed by restricted stock 
agreements entered into by the Bank and each of the officers, dated November 20, 2007. The restricted stock vests in 5%, 10% or 15% increments 
over  a  period  of  10  years,  subject  to  earlier  vesting  in  the  event  of  certain  termination  events  or  a  change  of  control  of  the  Bank.  As  of 
December 31, 2019, the total number of restricted shares that have vested are 112,500.     

On March 16, 2015, there were 18,000 stock options under the 2004 Plan that expired.    There are no remaining options outstanding under the 
2004 or 2006 Plans at December 31, 2019.    Stock options are no longer issued, and there have been no stock options exercised to date.    All 
options were expired as of December 31, 2016. 

In 2016, the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted, and the Bank’s shareholders subsequently approved, the MainStreet Bank 2016 Equity 
Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”), to provide officers, other selected employees and directors of the Bank with additional incentives to promote the 
growth and performance of the Bank. At December 31, 2018, there were 133,869 restricted shares outstanding that were awarded under the 2016 
Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2019, there were 72,281 restricted shares awarded, no restricted shares were forfeited, and no stock 
options were awarded under the 2016 Plan.    The restricted shares awarded during 2019 vest equally on an annual basis over a three, five or ten 
year period. As a result of the stockholders’ approval of the 2016 Plan, no additional awards have been or will be made under the Bank’s 2006 
Plan, although all awards that were outstanding under the 2006 Plan as of May 17, 2006 remained outstanding in accordance with their terms.        

On July 17, 2019, the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted, and the Bank’s shareholders subsequently approved, the MainStreet Bank 2019 
Equity Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”), to provide officers,  other selected employees and directors of the Bank with additional incentives to 
promote the growth and performance of the Bank. At December 31, 2019, there were 10,000 restricted shares outstanding that were awarded 
under the 2019 Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2019, there were 10,000 restricted shares awarded, no restricted shares were forfeited, 
and no stock options were awarded under the 2019 Plan. The restricted shares awarded during 2019 vest equally on an annual basis over a ten year 
period. As a result of the stockholders’ approval of the 2019 Plan, no additional awards have been or will be made under the Bank’s 2016 Plan, 
although all awards that were outstanding under the 2016 Plan as of July 17, 2019 remained outstanding in accordance with their terms.      

79 

 
A  summary  of  the  status  of  the  Bank’s  nonvested  restricted  stock  shares  as  of  December 31,  2019  and  changes  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2019 is presented below: 

Nonvested Restricted Stock Shares (1) 

Nonvested at January 1, 2019 
Granted 
Vested 
Nonvested at December 31, 2019 (1) 

Weighted 
Average Grant 
Date Fair Value    
13.67    
18.08    
13.45    
16.00   

Shares 

133,869       $ 
82,281          
(55,189 )       
160,961       $ 

(1)  All share and per share amounts for 2019 and 2018 reflect the effect of the 5% stock dividend on April 30, 2018. 

As of December 31, 2019, there was $1.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock awards.    The cost 
is expected to be recognized over approximately ten years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 
2018 was $738,752 and $858,818, respectively.   

Note 18. Derivatives and Risk Management Activities 

The Bank uses derivative financial instruments (or “derivatives”) primarily to assist customers with their risk management objectives. The Bank 
classifies  these  items  as  free  standing  derivatives  consisting  of  customer  accommodation  interest  rate  loan  swaps  (or  “interest  rate  loan 
swaps”). The Bank enters into interest rate swaps with certain qualifying commercial loan customers to meet their interest rate risk management 
needs. The Bank simultaneously enters into interest rate swaps with dealer counterparties, with identical notional amounts and terms. The net 
result of these interest rate swaps is that the customer pays a fixed rate of interest and the Bank receives a floating rate. These back-to-back interest 
rate loan swaps qualify as financial derivatives with fair values reported in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities” in the consolidated financial 
statements. Changes in fair value are recorded in other noninterest expense and net to zero because of the identical amounts  and terms of the 
interest rate loan swaps. 

The following tables summarize key elements of the Banks’s derivative instruments as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. 

December 31, 2019 
Customer-related interest rate 
contracts 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Matched interest rate swap with borrower 
Matched interest rate swap with counterparty 

December 31, 2018 
Customer-related interest rate 
contracts 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Matched interest rate swap with borrower 
Matched interest rate swap with counterparty 

Notional 
Amount 

Positions 

Assets 

       Liabilities 

Collateral 
Pledges 

   $ 
   $ 

71,860          
71,860          

12       $ 
12          

4,039          
—       $ 

—       $ 
4,039       $ 

6,400    
6,400   

Notional 
Amount 

Positions 

Assets 

       Liabilities 

Collateral 
Pledges 

   $ 
   $ 

36,607          
36,607          

5       $ 
5          

1,192          
—       $ 

—       $ 
1,192       $ 

1,290    
1,290   

The Company is able to recognize fee income upon execution of the interest rate swap contract and completed its first contract in the fourth 
quarter  of  2018.  Interest  rate  swap  fee  income  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December 31,  2019  and  2018  was  $989,000  and  $713,000, 
respectively. 

80 

 
   
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
          
         
   
          
   
          
   
          
   
   
       
   
          
   
          
   
          
   
          
   
   
   
      
      
      
   
 
          
             
             
             
             
   
          
             
             
             
             
   
   
      
      
      
   
 
Note 19. Fair Value Presentation 

In accordance with FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure”, the Bank uses fair value  measurements to record fair value 
adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would 
be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (“an exit price”) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in 
an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. 
However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Bank’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices 
are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected 
by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized 
in an immediate settlement of the instrument. 

The fair value guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value, which focuses on exit price in the principal or most advantageous market for 
the asset or liability in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement 
date under current market conditions. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a change 
in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. In such instances, determining the price at which willing 
market participants would transact at the measurement date under current market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires 
the use of significant judgment. The fair value is a reasonable point within the range that is the most representative of fair value under current 
market conditions. 

In accordance with the guidance, a hierarchy of valuation techniques is based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable 
or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Bank’s market 
assumptions. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under FASB ASC 820 based on these two types of inputs are as follows: 

Level 1 –Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to 
access at the measurement date. 

Level 2 –Valuation is based on observable inputs including quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices 
for identical or similar assets and liabilities in less active markets, and model-based valuation techniques for which significant assumptions 
can be derived primarily from or corroborated by observable data in the market. 

Level 3 –Valuation is based on model-based techniques that use one or more significant inputs or assumptions that are unobservable in the 
market. 

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Bank to measure certain financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a 
recurring basis in the financial statements: 

Securities available for sale 

Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices, when 
available (Level 1). If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are measured utilizing independent valuation techniques of identical or 
similar securities for which significant assumptions are derived primarily from or corroborated by observable market data. Third party vendors 
compile prices from various sources and may determine the fair value of identical or similar securities by using pricing models that consider 
observable market data (Level 2). In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are 
classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. As of December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, the Bank’s entire portfolio of available 
for sale securities are considered to be Level 2 securities. 

Derivative asset (liability) – interest rate swaps on loans 

As discussed in “Note 18: Derivatives and Risk Management Activities”, the Bank recognizes interest rate swaps at fair value on a recurring 
basis. The Bank has contracted with a third party vendor to provide valuations for these interest rate swaps using standard valuation techniques 
and therefore classifies such interest rate swaps as Level 2. 

81 

 
The following tables provide the fair value for assets required to be measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 
2019 and December 31, 2018: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Assets: 
Investment securities available-for-sale: 

U.S. Treasury Securities 
Collateralized Mortgage Backed 
Subordinated Debt 
Municipal Securities 
U.S. Government Agencies 

Derivative asset – interest rate swap on loans 

Total 

Liabilities: 
Derivative liability – interest rate swap on loans 

Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Assets: 
Investment securities available-for-sale: 

U.S. Treasury Securities 
Collateralized Mortgage Backed 
Subordinated Debt 
Municipal Securities 
U.S. Government Agencies 

Derivative asset – interest rate swap on loans 

Total 

Liabilities: 
Derivative liability – interest rate swap on loans 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

December 31, 2019 

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

49,998  
17,673  
2,554  
14,631  
7,935  
4,039  
96,830  

 $ 

 $ 

4,039  
4,039  

 $ 

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

49,998  
17,673  
2,554  
14,631  
7,935  
4,039  
96,830  

4,039  
4,039  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

December 31, 2018 

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

29,998  
4,893  
2,015  
8,833  
10,241  
1,192  
57,172  

 $ 

 $ 

1,192  
1,192  

 $ 

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

29,998  
4,893  
2,015  
8,833  
10,241  
1,192  
57,172  

1,192  
1,192  

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. Adjustments to the fair value of these assets usually 
result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. 

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Bank to measure certain assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the 
financial statements: 

Impaired loans 

Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts 
due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected when due. The measurement of loss associated with impaired 
loans can be based on either the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral. Collateral may be in the form of real estate 
or business assets including equipment, inventory, and accounts receivable. The vast majority of the collateral is real estate. The value of real 
estate collateral is determined utilizing an income or market valuation approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed 
appraiser outside of the Bank using observable market data (Level 2). However, if the collateral value is significantly adjusted due to differences 
in the comparable properties, or is discounted by the Bank because  of marketability, then the fair value is considered Level 3. The value of 
business  equipment  is  based  upon  an  outside  appraisal  if  deemed  significant,  or  the  net  book  value  on  the  applicable  business’  financial 
statements  if  not  considered  significant.  Likewise,  values  for  inventory  and  accounts  receivables  collateral  are  based  on  financial  statement 
balances or aging reports (Level 3). Impaired loans allocated to the Allowance for Loan Losses are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. 
Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the Statements of Income. 

82 

Other real estate owned 

Other  real  estate  owned  (“OREO”)  is  measured  at  fair  value  less  cost  to  sell,  based  on  an  appraisal  conducted  by  an  independent,  licensed 
appraiser outside of the Bank. If the collateral value is significantly adjusted due to differences in the comparable properties, or is discounted by 
the Bank because of marketability, then the fair value is considered Level 3. OREO is measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Any initial 
fair value adjustment is charged against the Allowance for Loan Losses. Subsequent fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred and 
included in other noninterest expense on the Statements of Income.   

The following table summarizes the value of the Bank’s assets as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 that were measured at fair value 
on a nonrecurring basis during the period: 

December 31, 2019 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Assets: 
Other Real Estate Owned 

Total 

December 31, 2018 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Assets: 
Impaired Loans 

Commercial Real Estate 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

—  
—  

 $ 
 $ 

—  
—  

 $ 
 $ 

1,207  
1,207  

 $ 
 $ 

1,207  
1,207  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

—  
—  

 $ 
 $ 

—  
—  

 $ 
 $ 

1,207  
1,207  

 $ 
 $ 

1,207  
1,207  

 $ 
 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for financial assets measured at  fair value on a 
nonreoccuring basis as of December 31, 2019 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Other Real Estate Owned, net 

Total 

Fair Value 

$ 

$ 

1,207  

1,207  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019 

Valuation Technique(s) 
Appraisals 

Unobservable Inputs 

  Discount to    reflect current market 
conditions and estimated selling costs 

Range of 
Inputs
6% - 10% 

FASB ASC 825, Financial Instruments, requires disclosure about fair value of financial instruments, including those financial assets and financial 
liabilities that are not required to be measured and reported at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis. ASC 825 excludes certain financial 
instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not 
necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company. Additionally, in accordance with ASU 2016-01, which the Company adopted on 
January 1, 2018 on a prospective basis, the Company uses the exit price notion, rather than the entry price notion, in calculation the fair values of 
financial instruments not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. 

83 

The following tables reflect the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments whether or not recognized on 
the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. 

Deposits 
Advances from the FHLB 
Derivative liability – interest rate swaps on loans 
Accrued interest payable 

   $  1,071,623       $  1,079,011       $ 
39,998          
4,039          
982          

40,000          
4,039          
982          

December 31, 2019 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Assets: 

Cash and due from banks 
Restricted equity securities 
Securities: 

Available for sale 
Held to maturity 

Loans, net 
Derivative asset – interest rate swap on loans 
Bank owned life insurance 
Accrued interest receivable 

Liabilities: 

December 31, 2018 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Assets: 

Cash and due from banks 
Restricted equity securities 
Securities: 

Available for sale 
Held to maturity 

Loans, net 
Derivative asset – interest rate swap on loans 
Bank owned life insurance 
Accrued interest receivable 

Liabilities: 

    Carrying 
Amount 

        Estimated 
       Fair Value 

Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
Level 1 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
Level 2 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
Level 3 

   $ 

53,376       $ 
6,157          

53,376       $ 
6,157          

53,376       $ 
—          

—       $ 
6,157          

—    
—    

92,791          
23,914          

92,791          
24,678          
       1,030,425           1,048,181          
4,039          
24,562          
4,282          

4,039          
24,562          
4,282          

—          
—          
—          
—          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          
—          

92,791          
24,678          

—    
—    
—           1,048,181    
—    
—    
—    

4,039          
24,562          
4,282          

510,766       $ 
39,998          
4,039          
982          

568,245    
—    
—    
—   

Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
Level 1 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
Level 2 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
Level 3 

Carrying 
Amount 

       Estimated 
       Fair Value 

   $ 

58,076       $ 
5,894          

58,076       $ 
5,894          

58,076       $ 
—          

—       $ 
5,894          

—    
—    

55,979          
26,178          
917,125          
1,192          
14,064          
4,333          

55,979          
26,323          
897,765          
1,192          
14,064          
4,333          

—          
—          
—          
—          
—          
—          

—       $ 
—          
—          
—          

55,979          
26,323          
—          
1,192          
14,064          
4,333          

—    
—    
897,765    
—    
—    
—    

463,552       $ 
39,848          
1,192          
1,103          

457,365    
—    
—    
—   

Deposits 
Advances from the FHLB 
Derivative liability – interest rate swaps on loans 
Accrued interest payable 

   $ 

920,137       $ 
40,000          
1,192          
1,103          

920,917       $ 
39,848          
1,192          
1,103          

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. 
These  estimates  do  not  reflect  any  premium or discount  that  could  result  from  offering for  sale  at  one  time  the  Bank’s  entire  holdings  of  a 
particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Bank’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are 
based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments 
and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment, and therefore, cannot be 
determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. 

Fair value estimates are based on existing on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of 
anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets that are not 
considered financial  assets include deferred income taxes and bank premises and equipment.  In addition, the  tax ramifications related to the 
realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates. 

84 

 
      
      
      
   
   
      
      
      
   
      
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
      
      
      
   
 
      
      
      
   
      
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
            
            
            
            
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
The above information should  not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only 
provided for a limited portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity 
used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company’s disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful. There were 
no changes in methodologies or transfers between levels at December 31, 2019 from December 31, 2018.   

Note 20. Other Real Estate Owned 

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, Other Real Estate Owned was $1.2 million and $0, respectively. OREO is comprised of non-residential property 
associated with a commercial relationship and located in Virginia. Changes in the balance for OREO are as follows: 

  (Dollars in thousands) 
Balance, beginning of year 
Transfers between loans and other real estate owned 
Sales 
Balance, end of year 

Expenses applicable to other real estate owned include the following: 

  (Dollars in thousands) 
Net loss on sales of real estate 
Operating expenses, net of rental income 
Balance, end of year 

As of December 31, 2019, there were no real estate loans in the process of foreclosure. 

Note 21. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Gain(Loss) 

2019 

2018 

—    $ 

1,207  
―  
1,207    $ 

134  
—  
(134 ) 
—  

2019 

2018 

—    $ 
62  
62    $ 

51  
3  
54  

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

The following table presents the cumulative balances of the components of accumulated other comprehensive gain(loss) net of deferred 

taxes, as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018: 

  (Dollars in thousands) 
Unrealized gain(loss) on securities 
Unrealized loss on securities transferred to HTM 
Securities gains included in net income 
Tax effect 
Total accumulated other comprehensive gain(loss) 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

 $ 

609  
(81 )  
5  
(110 )  
423  

 $ 

 $ 

(358 ) 
(109 ) 
—  
100  
(367 ) 

Note 22. Capital 

On  August  24,  2018,  the  Company  completed  a  capital  offering  which  raised  $42.7  million  net  of  offering  costs.    The  Company  sold  an 
aggregate of 2,368,421 shares of common stock at a price of $19.00 per share.    The issuance of additional shares of common stock is accretive to 
the Company’s current book value.    The Bank will use the proceeds of the offering to facilitate strategic initiatives, support organic growth and 
market expansion activities, and for general corporate purposes. 

On September 18, 2019, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a common stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $10.0 million 
of the Company’s common stock at the discretion of management. The Company did not repurchase any of its shares during the year ended 
December 31, 2019. 

85 

Note 23. Subordinated Notes 

On  December  30,  2016,  the  Company  completed  the  issuance  of  $14.3  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  fixed-to-floating  rate 
subordinated notes in a private placement transaction to various accredited investors. During the first quarter 2017, an additional $700,000 of 
subordinated notes was issued for a total issuance of $15.0 million.    The net proceeds of the offering are intended to support growth and be used 
for  other  general  business  purposes.  The  notes  have  a  maturity  date  of December  31,  2026 and  have  an  annual  fixed  interest  rate  of  6.25% 
until December 31, 2021. Thereafter, the notes will have a floating interest rate based on three-month LIBOR rate plus 425 basis points (4.25%) 
(computed  on  the  basis  of  a  360-day  year  of  twelve  30-day  months)  from  and  including  January  1,  2022  to  the  maturity  date  or  any  early 
redemption date. Interest will be  paid semi-annually, in arrears, on July 1 and January 1 of each year during the time that the notes remain 
outstanding through the fixed interest rate period or earlier redemption date. Interest will be paid quarterly, in arrears, on April 1, July 1, October 
1 and January 1 throughout the floating interest rate period or earlier redemption date. 

Note 24. Condensed Parent Company Financial Statements 

Condensed financial statements pertaining only to the Company are presented below. The investment in subsidiary is accounted for using the 
equity method of accounting. 

The payment of dividends by the subsidiary is restricted by various regulatory limitations. Banking regulations also prohibit extensions of credit 
to the parent company unless appropriately secured by assets.   

86 

Condensed Parent Company Only 
Condensed Balance Sheet 
(Dollars in thousands) 

December 31, 
ASSETS 
Cash on deposit with subsidiary 
Investment in subsidiary 
Other receivables 
Total Assets 

Liabilities: 
Subordinated debt, net of debt issuance costs 
Stockholders’ equity 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

1,335  
148,731  
1,773  
151,839  

14,805  
137,034  
151,839  

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

1,617  
133,162  
1,248  
136,027  

14,776  
121,251  
136,027  

87 

Condensed Statement of Income 
(Dollars in thousands) 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
INCOME 
Dividends from subsidiary 
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary 
Undistributed earnings of subsidiary 
Subordinated debt interest expense 
Non-interest expense 
NET INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES 
Income tax benefit 
NET INCOME 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

—  
—  
14,779  
966  
83  
13,730  
(220 )  
13,950  

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

—  
—  
9,974  
966  
2  
9,006  
(203 ) 
9,209  

88 

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

13,950  

 $ 

9,209  

(14,779 )  
1,043  
29  
(525 )  
(282 )  

—  
—  

—  
—  

(282 )  
1,617  
1,335  

 $ 

(9,974 ) 
883  
29  
(538 ) 
(391 ) 

(45,803 ) 
(45,803 ) 

42,712  
42,712  

(3,482 ) 
5,099  
1,617  

Year Ended December 31, 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in 

  operating activities: 

Undistributed earnings of subsidiary 
Stock based compensation 
Subordinated debt amortization expense 
Increase in other receivables 

Net cash used in operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Investment in bank subsidiary 
Net cash used in investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
Net proceeds from sale of common stock, net of 

  offering costs 

Net cash provided by financing activities 
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH 
      EQUIVALENTS 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR 

 $ 

89 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures.  Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) as of  December 31, 2019. Based on their evaluation of the  Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures,  the Company’s Chief Executive  Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures 
designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the  time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations are 
designed and operating in an effective manner. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Management of the Company is also responsible for establishing 
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Because of its inherent 
limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be 
effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. 

Management, including the Company’s principle executive and principle financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting as of  December 31, 2019. In making this assessment,  management used  the criteria set forth by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Based on 
our assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2019, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those 
criteria. 

The Company’s annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting  firm, 
Yount, Hyde, & Barbour. P.C. (YHB), regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by 
YHB pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in its annual 
report.  

The 2019 consolidated financial statements have been audited by the independent registered public accounting firm of Yount, Hyde, & 
Barbour. P.C. Personnel from YHB were given unrestricted access to all financial records and related data, including minutes of all meetings of 
the Board of Directors and Committees thereof. Management believes that all representation made to the independent auditors were valid  and 
appropriate. The resulting report from YHB accompanies the consolidated financial statements. 

Changes in Internal Controls. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s 
fourth quarter  ended  December 31,  2019  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  Company’s  internal 
control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. Other Information 

None. 

90 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Part III 

The information required by this Item with respect to our directors and certain corporate governance practices is contained in our Proxy 
Statement for our 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days  after the end of the 
Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC within 120 

days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The information required by this Item regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by 
reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC within 120 

days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.   

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC within 120 

days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. 

91 

Board Of Directors

Jeff W. Dick - Chairman
Chief Executive Officer of MainStreet Bancshares, 
Inc. and MainStreet Bank.

Darrell Green
Owner, Darrell Green Enterprises, Inc., a market-
ing company that facilitates opportunities for Mr. 
Green and other athletes.  

Charles C. Brockett
President of MainStreet Bancshares, Inc. and 
MainStreet Bank.

Thomas J. Chmelik
Chief Financial Officer and Senior Executive Vice 
President of MainStreet Bancshares, Inc. and 
MainStreet Bank.

Patsy I. Rust
Retired, former Senior Vice President of Main-
Street Bank.

Terry M. Saeger
President, The Saeger Group, LLC, a business 
consultancy since 2005.  

Paul Thomas Haddock - Vice Chairman
President of Azure, Inc., a privately held company 
which he formed in 1984 to assist up-and-coming 
entrepreneurs and small businesses.

Russell Echlov
Senior Portfolio Manager with Mendon Capital 
Advisors/RMB.

Elizabeth S,. Bennett
Partner and Chief Financial Officer with National 
Realty Partners LLC, a full service commercial real 
estate and community association management 
company.

Shareholder Information

Annual Meeting
The annual meeting of shareholders will be held 
at 11:00 AM on Wednesday, May 20, 2020 at 
the corporate headquarters of MainStreet Bank, 
10089 Fairfax Blvd, Fairfax, Virginia  22030.  For-
mal notice of the meeting, together with a proxy 
statement and proxy, was mailed on or about 
April 20, 2020.

Governance Documents
Governance-related documents, including our 
Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, Insider 
Trading Policy, Whistleblower Protection Policy 
Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officer, and 
committee charters are available without charge 
through our website, www.ir.mstreetbank.com/
govdocs, or by written request addressed to:

Common Stock
MainStreet Bancshares, Inc. common stock is 
traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market as ticker 
symbol“MNSB”

Corporate Secretary
MainStreet Bancshares, Inc.
10089 Fairfax Blvd
Fairfax, Virginia  22030

Transfer Agent for the Common Stock
Inquiries concerning MainStreet Bancshares, Inc. 
common stock, including stock transfers, lost or 
stolen stock certificates, changes of address and 
dividend payments should be directed to:

Shareholder Communications
Shareholders may communicate with the Board 
of Directors in writing.  Such communications 
should be sent to the Corporate Secretary to the 
address noted above.

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
Operations Center
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, NY  11219
(800) 937-5449

SEC Filings
The Annual Report on Form 10-K and other Se-
curities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filings 
are available without charge through our website 
at www.ir.mstreetbank.com, the Securities and 
Exchange Commission website at www.sec.gov, or 
by written request addressed to:

Forward Looking Statements
MainStreet Bancshares, Inc’s 2019 Annual Report 
may include certain “forward looking” statements.  
These forward looking statements generally are 
identified by words such as “expects” or “antic-
ipates” and words of similar effect and include 
statements regarding the Company’s financial 
and operating goals.  Actual resutls may differ 
materially from those expressed in any forward 
looking statements due to a variety of factors, 
including those discussed in “Risk Factors” and 
elsewhere in the Annual Report and in our filings 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Investor Relations
MainStreet Bancshares, Inc.
10089 Fairfax Blvd
Fairfax, Virginia  22030
(703) 481-4567